testimony · February 25, 2013
Congressional Testimony
Ben S. Bernanke
S. HRG. 113–6
FEDERAL RESERVE’S FIRST MONETARY POLICY
REPORT FOR 2013
HEARING
BEFORETHE
COMMITTEE ON
BANKING, HOUSING, ANDURBANAFFAIRS
UNITED STATES SENATE
ONE HUNDRED THIRTEENTH CONGRESS
FIRST SESSION
ON
OVERSIGHT ON THE MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO CONGRESS PURSU-
ANTTOTHEFULLEMPLOYMENTANDBALANCEDGROWTHACTOF1978
FEBRUARY 26, 2013
Printed for the use of the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs
(
Available at: http://www.fdsys.gov/
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
80–509 PDF WASHINGTON : 2013
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Internet: bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512–1800; DC area (202) 512–1800
Fax: (202) 512–2104 Mail: Stop IDCC, Washington, DC 20402–0001
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 5011 Sfmt 5011 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
COMMITTEE ON BANKING, HOUSING, AND URBAN AFFAIRS
TIM JOHNSON, South Dakota, Chairman
JACK REED, Rhode Island MIKE CRAPO, Idaho
CHARLES E. SCHUMER, New York RICHARD C. SHELBY, Alabama
ROBERT MENENDEZ, New Jersey BOB CORKER, Tennessee
SHERROD BROWN, Ohio DAVID VITTER, Louisiana
JON TESTER, Montana MIKE JOHANNS, Nebraska
MARK R. WARNER, Virginia PATRICK J. TOOMEY, Pennsylvania
JEFF MERKLEY, Oregon MARK KIRK, Illinois
KAY HAGAN, North Carolina JERRY MORAN, Kansas
JOE MANCHIN III, West Virginia TOM COBURN, Oklahoma
ELIZABETH WARREN, Massachusetts DEAN HELLER, Nevada
HEIDI HEITKAMP, North Dakota
CHARLES YI, Staff Director
GREGG RICHARD, Republican Staff Director
LAURA SWANSON, Deputy Staff Director
COLIN MCGINNIS, Policy Director
GLEN SEARS, Deputy Policy Director
GREG DEAN, Republican Chief Counsel
MIKE PIWOWAR, Republican Senior Economist
DAWN RATLIFF, Chief Clerk
RIKER VERMILYE, Hearing Clerk
SHELVIN SIMMONS, IT Director
JIM CROWELL, Editor
(II)
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 0486 Sfmt 0486 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
C O N T E N T S
THURSDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 2013
Page
Opening statement of Chairman Johnson ............................................................. 1
Prepared statement .......................................................................................... 37
Opening statements, comments, or prepared statements of:
Senator Crapo ................................................................................................... 2
WITNESS
Ben S. Bernanke, Chairman, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System ................................................................................................................... 3
Prepared statement .......................................................................................... 37
Responses to written questions of:
Senator Warren ......................................................................................... 41
Senator Corker .......................................................................................... 44
Senator Johanns ........................................................................................ 45
ADDITIONAL MATERIAL SUPPLIED FOR THE RECORD
Monetary Policy Report to the Congress dated February 26, 2013 ..................... 47
(III)
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 5904 Sfmt 5904 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 5904 Sfmt 5904 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
FEDERAL RESERVE’S FIRST MONETARY
POLICY REPORT FOR 2013
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 2013
U.S. SENATE,
COMMITTEE ON BANKING, HOUSING, AND URBAN AFFAIRS,
Washington, DC.
The Committee met at 10:15 a.m., in room SD–106, Dirksen Sen-
ate Office Building, Hon. Tim Johnson, Chairman of the Com-
mittee, presiding.
OPENING STATEMENT OF CHAIRMAN TIM JOHNSON
Chairman JOHNSON. Today’s hearing is with Chairman Bernanke
on the Federal Reserve’s Monetary Policy Report to Congress.
While progress toward maximum employment has been slow, it
has been positive and steady, thanks in part to the Fed’s thought-
ful and well-measured monetary actions. Our economy has added
private sector jobs for 35 straight months. During that time, over
six million new jobs have been created, but we should not sacrifice
those gains by slamming on the brakes now.
Without a fix, automatic spending cuts will take effect in just a
few days and could send our economy into reverse at a time when
we should continue moving forward on creating jobs. Projections
suggest that the sequester will cost us 750,000 jobs this year. In
addition to layoffs for cops, fire fighters, and teachers that could
devastate our communities, these cuts will impact many of our Na-
tion’s most vulnerable citizens, including kids, seniors, and the dis-
abled. At a time when the U.S. faces an array of national security
threats, the sequester will affect our military readiness.
It is unacceptable that we are lurching from one manufactured
crisis to the next, and Americans have had enough. These fights
are bad for the economy and are making it harder for families to
make ends meet.
The steep drops in consumer confidence during the fights over
the debt limit and the fiscal cliff rival the fallout after Lehman
Brothers’ failure and 9/11. This has consequences. If consumers do
not spend, businesses will not prosper and hire more workers. If
businesses are not hiring, our economy will not grow. It is that
simple.
We must do all we can to restore confidence in not only our fi-
nancial system, but also in our ability as a country to tackle long-
term challenges in a responsible, bipartisan manner. In addition to
Congress acting on a deficit reduction plan that is balanced and
promotes job creation, there are things this Committee can do to
help achieve these goals. From rigorous oversight, to confirming
(1)
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
2
well-qualified nominees, to reauthorizing expiring laws, to reaching
consensus on the future of housing finance, there are steps this
Committee can take to promote consumer confidence, provide busi-
nesses clarity to move forward with long-term plans, and strength-
en our economic recovery.
Chairman Bernanke, I look forward to hearing your views as
both the Fed and the Congress pursue policies supporting our Na-
tion’s economic recovery.
I now turn to Ranking Member Crapo.
STATEMENT OF SENATOR MIKE CRAPO
Senator CRAPO. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
Today, we will hear from our Federal Reserve Chairman Ben
Bernanke, who will testify on the Fed’s monetary policy and the
state of the economy. Mr. Bernanke, I want to thank you at the
outset for your ongoing initiatives to improve the transparency of
the Federal Open Market Committee. Because so much is at stake
for the U.S. economy, the Fed has the responsibility to make as
much information available to the American people as possible on
its actions.
I also thank Chairman Bernanke for his steadfast reminder to us
that one of the most important risks to our economy is our fiscal
situation. I completely agree with him. That is why I have consist-
ently said that the fiscal reform and economic growth should top
the list of our priorities in Congress. We need to address the Fed-
eral spending problem, reform our badly broken tax system, and
promote a sustainable economic recovery that will result in in-
creased jobs.
Unfortunately, with the fiscal cliff deal completed, some officials
are looking for an easy way out by claiming that our fiscal prob-
lems are nearly solved. Nothing could be further from the truth.
Our economy contracted in the last quarter. Our unemployment
rate remains far too high. Medicare will be insolvent in just over
10 years, and Social Security will be insolvent after that. Until we
take specific steps to reform our entitlements and to make them
solvent for generations to come and reform our tax code to produce
significant, sustained economic growth, our fiscal problems are far
from solved.
In addition to our own fiscal situation, the ongoing fiscal and
banking crisis in Europe also presents substantial risks to our
economy. In response to unsustainable fiscal policies here and
abroad, central bankers throughout the world have turned to un-
conventional monetary policies over the past few years. Near-zero
interest rates, large-scale asset purchases, and record-size central
bank balance sheets have become the norm.
However, some authorities have become increasingly concerned
that the costs of prolonged easy money policy outweigh the bene-
fits. In its annual report released last June, the Bank of Inter-
national Settlements laid out the risks entailed with the worldwide
expansion of central bank balance sheets and their extended low
interest rate policies. Not only did the report conclude that such ac-
tions may delay the return to a self-sustaining recovery, but they
create longer-term risks to central banks’ credibility and oper-
ational independence.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
3
More recently, the minutes of the Federal Open Market Commit-
tee’s January meeting show that several FOMC members ex-
pressed concern that the Fed’s prolonged easy money policies could
result in excessive risk taking and threaten the financial stability
of the United States. These concerns warrant serious consideration,
given the scale, scope, and duration of the Fed’s unconventional
monetary policies.
The Fed has kept the target range for the Federal Funds Rate
at zero to one-quarter percent for more than 4 years. The Fed has
engaged in multiple rounds of asset purchases, commonly referred
to as quantitative easing. The Fed is currently buying $40 billion
of agency mortgage-backed securities per month and $45 billion of
longer-term Treasury securities per month, for a total monthly pace
of $85 billion, or an annualized pace of more than $1 trillion. And
primarily as a result of its large-scale asset purchases, the Fed has
ballooned its balance sheet to more than $3 trillion and growing.
I look forward to hearing from Chairman Bernanke about the
concerns raised about the risks of the Fed’s prolonged easy money
policies and why they cannot overcome our bad fiscal policy.
I also look forward to hearing from Chairman Bernanke about
how the uncertainty surrounding the Dodd-Frank implementation
is hampering our recovery. In particular, what specific legislative
fixes can be achieved to remove this uncertainty?
At our last Humphrey-Hawkins hearing, Chairman Bernanke
confirmed that regardless of Congressional intent, the banking reg-
ulators view the plain language of the statute as requiring them
to impose some kind of margin requirement on nonfinancial end
users of derivatives unless Congress changes the statute. Chairman
Bernanke also confirmed that the Fed is comfortable with an ex-
plicit statutory exemption. I look forward to hearing Chairman
Bernanke’s suggestions for other legislative fixes to Dodd-Frank
that could garner bipartisan support. These and many other issues
are critical to us and I appreciate again, Chairman Bernanke, your
attendance at this hearing.
Chairman JOHNSON. Thank you, Senator Crapo.
This morning, opening statements will be limited to the Chair-
man and Ranking Member to allow more time for questions from
the Committee Members. I want to remind my colleagues that the
record will be open for the next 7 days for opening statements,
questions for the record, and any other materials you would like to
submit.
Now, I would like to introduce our witness. Ben Bernanke is
Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Sys-
tem, a position he has held since February 2006. I thank you for
being here today to testify on the Monetary Policy Report to the
Congress. Your written statement will be included in the hearing
record. Chairman Bernanke, you may begin your testimony.
STATEMENT OF BEN S. BERNANKE, CHAIRMAN, BOARD OF
GOVERNORS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
Mr. BERNANKE. Thank you, Mr. Chairman, Ranking Member,
Members, I am pleased to present the Federal Reserve’s Semi-
annual Monetary Policy Report. I am going to begin with a short
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
4
summary of current economic conditions and then discuss aspects
of monetary and fiscal policy.
Since I last reported to this Committee in mid-2012, economic ac-
tivity in the United States has continued to expand at a moderate
if somewhat uneven pace. In particular, real GDP is estimated to
have risen at an annual rate of about 3 percent in the third quar-
ter, but to have been essentially flat in the fourth quarter. The
pause in real GDP growth last quarter does not appear to reflect
a stalling out of the recovery. Rather, economic activity was tempo-
rarily restrained by weather-related disruptions and by transitory
declines in a few volatile categories of spending, even as demand
by U.S. households and businesses continued to expand.
Available information suggests that economic growth has picked
up again this year. Consistent with the moderate pace of economic
growth, conditions in the labor market have been improving gradu-
ally. Since July, nonfarm payroll employment has increased by
175,000 jobs per month, on average, and the unemployment rate
declined three-tenths of a percentage point, to 7.9 percent, over the
same period. Cumulatively, private sector payrolls have now grown
by about 6.1 million jobs since their low point in early 2010, and
the unemployment rate has fallen a bit more than 2 percentage
points since the cyclical peak in late 2009.
Despite these gains, however, the job market remains generally
weak, with the unemployment rate well above its longer-run nor-
mal level. About 4.7 million of the unemployed have been without
a job for 6 months or more, and millions more would like full-time
employment but are able to find only part-time work.
High unemployment has substantial costs, including not only the
hardship faced by the unemployed and their families, but also the
harm done to the vitality and productive potential of our economy
as a whole. Lengthy periods of unemployment and underemploy-
ment can erode workers’ skills and attachment to the labor force
or prevent young people from gaining skills and experience in the
first place, developments that could significantly reduce their pro-
ductivity and earnings in the longer term. The loss of output and
earnings associated with high unemployment also reduces Govern-
ment revenues and increases spending, thereby leading to larger
deficits and higher levels of debt.
The recent increase in gasoline prices, which reflects both higher
crude oil prices and wider refining margins, is hitting family budg-
ets. However, overall inflation remains low. Over the second half
of 2012, the price index for personal consumption expenditures rose
at an annual rate of 1.5 percent, similar to the rate of increase in
the first half of the year. Measures of longer-term inflation expecta-
tions have remained in the narrow ranges seen over the past sev-
eral years. Against this backdrop, the Federal Open Market Com-
mittee, the FOMC, anticipates that inflation over the medium term
will likely run at or below its 2 percent objective.
With unemployment well above normal levels and inflation sub-
dued, progress toward the Federal Reserve’s mandated objectives of
maximum employment and price stability has required a highly ac-
commodative monetary policy. Under normal circumstances, policy
accommodation would be provided through reductions in the
FOMC’s target for the Federal Funds Rate, the interest rate on
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
5
overnight loans between banks. However, as this rate has been
close to zero since December 2008, the Federal Reserve has had to
use alternative policy tools.
These alternative tools have fallen into two categories. The first
is forward guidance regarding the FOMC’s anticipated path for the
Federal Funds Rate. Since longer-term interest rates reflect market
expectations for shorter-term rates over time, our guidance influ-
ences longer-term rates and thus supports a stronger recovery.
The formulation of this guidance has evolved over time. Between
August 2011 and December 2012, the Committee used calendar
dates to indicate how long it expected economic conditions to war-
rant exceptionally low levels for the Federal Funds Rate. At its De-
cember 2012 meeting, the FOMC agreed to shift to providing more
explicit guidance on how it expects the policy rate to respond to
economic developments. Specifically, the December post-meeting
statement indicated that the current exceptionally low range for
the Federal Funds Rate will, quote, ‘‘be appropriate at least as long
as the unemployment rates above 6.5 percent, inflation between 1
and 2 years ahead is projected to be no more than half-a-percent-
age point above the Committee’s 2 percent longer-run goal, and
longer-term inflation expectations continue to be well anchored,’’
close quote.
An advantage of the new formulation relative to the previous
date-based guidance is that it allows market participants and the
public to update their monetary policy expectations more accu-
rately in response to new information about the economic outlook.
The new guidance also serves to underscore the Committee’s inten-
tion to maintain accommodation as long as needed to promote a
stronger economic recovery with stable prices.
The second type of nontraditional policy tool employed by the
FOMC is large-scale purchases of longer-term securities, which,
like our forward guidance, are intended to support economic growth
by putting downward pressure on longer-term interest rates. The
Federal Reserve has engaged in several rounds of such purchases
since 2008. Last September, the FOMC announced it would pur-
chase agency mortgage-backed securities at a pace of $40 billion
per month, as Senator Crapo noted, and in December, the Com-
mittee stated that, in addition, beginning in January, it would pur-
chase Treasury securities at an initial pace of $45 billion per
month.
These additional purchases of longer-term Treasury securities re-
place the purchases we were conducting under our now completed
Maturity Extension Program, which lengthened the maturity of our
securities portfolio without increasing its size. The FOMC has indi-
cated that it will continue purchases until it observes a substantial
improvement in the outlook for the labor market in a context of
price stability.
The Committee also stated that in determining the size, pace,
and composition of its asset purchases, it will take appropriate ac-
count of their likely efficacy and costs. In other words, with all of
its policy decisions, the Committee continues to assess its program
of asset purchases within a cost-benefit framework.
In the current economic environment, the benefits of asset pur-
chases and of policy accommodation more generally are clear. Mon-
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
6
etary policy is providing important support to the recovery while
keeping inflation close to the FOMC’s 2 percent objective. Notably,
keeping longer-term interest rates low has helped spark recovery
in the housing market and led to increased sales and production
of automobiles and other durable goods. By raising employment
and household wealth, for example, through higher home prices,
these developments have, in turn, supported consumer sentiment
and spending.
Highly accommodative monetary policy also has several potential
costs and risks, which the Committee is monitoring closely. For ex-
ample, if further expansion of the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet
were to undermine public confidence in our ability to exit smoothly
from our accommodative policies at the appropriate time, inflation
expectations could rise, putting the FOMC’s price stability objective
at risk. However, the Committee remains confident that it has the
tools necessary to tighten monetary policy when the time comes to
do so. As I noted, inflation is currently subdued and inflation ex-
pectations appear well anchored. Neither the FOMC nor private
forecasters are projecting the development of significant inflation
pressures.
Another potential cost that the Committee takes very seriously
is the possibility that very low interest rates, if maintained for a
considerable time, could impair financial stability. For example,
portfolio managers dissatisfied with low returns might reach for
yield by taking on more credit risk, duration risk, or leverage. On
the other hand, some risk taking, such as when an entrepreneur
takes out a loan to start a new business, or an existing firm ex-
pands capacity, is a necessary element of a healthy economic recov-
ery. Moreover, although accommodative monetary policies may in-
crease certain types of risk taking, in the present circumstances,
they also serve in some ways to reduce the risk in the system, most
importantly by strengthening the overall economy, but also by en-
couraging firms to rely more on longer-term funding and by reduc-
ing debt service costs for households and businesses.
In any case, the Federal Reserve is responding actively to finan-
cial stability concerns through substantially expanded monitoring
of emerging risks in the financial system, an approach to the su-
pervision of financial firms that takes a more systemic perspective,
and the ongoing implementation of reforms to make the financial
system more transparent and resilient. Although a long period of
low rates could encourage excessive risk taking and continued close
attention to such developments is certainly warranted, to this
point, we do not see potential costs of the increased risk taking in
some financial markets as outweighing the benefits of promoting a
stronger economic recovery and more rapid job creation.
Another aspect of the Federal Reserve’s policies that has been
discussed is their implications for the Federal budget. The Federal
Reserve earns substantial interest on the assets it holds in its port-
folio, and other than the amount needed to fund our cost of oper-
ations, all net income is remitted back to the Treasury. With the
expansion of the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet, yearly remit-
tances have roughly tripled in recent years, with payments to the
Treasury totaling approximately $290 billion between 2009 and
2012.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
7
However, if the economy continues to strengthen, as we antici-
pate, and policy accommodation is accordingly reduced, these re-
mittances would likely decline in coming years. Federal Reserve
analysis shows that remittances to the Treasury could be quite low
for a time in some scenarios, particularly if interest rates were to
rise quickly.
However, even in such scenarios, it is highly likely that average
annual remittances over the period affected by the Federal Re-
serve’s purchases will remain higher than the precrisis norm, per-
haps substantially so. Moreover, to the extent that monetary policy
promotes growth and job creation, the resulting reduction in the
Federal deficit would dwarf any variation in the Federal Reserve’s
remittances to the Treasury.
Although monetary policy is working to promote a more robust
recovery, it cannot carry the entire burden of ensuring a speedier
return to economic health. The economy’s performance, both over
the near term and in the longer run, will depend importantly on
the course of fiscal policy. The challenge for the Congress and the
Administration is to put the Federal budget on a sustainable long-
run path that promotes economic growth and stability without un-
necessarily impeding the current recovery.
Significant progress has been made recently toward reducing the
Federal budget deficit over the next few years. The projections re-
leased earlier this month by the CBO indicate that under current
law, the Federal deficit will narrow from 7 percent of GDP last
year to 21⁄
2
percent in fiscal year 2015. As a result, the Federal
debt held by the public, including that held by the Federal Reserve,
is projected to remain roughly 75 percent of GDP through much of
the current decade.
However, a substantial portion of the recent progress in lowering
the deficit has been concentrated in near-term budget changes,
which, taken together, could create a significant headwind for the
economic recovery. The CBO estimates the deficit reduction policies
in current law will slow the pace of real GDP growth by about 11⁄
2
percentage points this year relative to what it would have been
otherwise. A significant portion of this effect is related to the auto-
matic spending sequestration that is scheduled to begin on March
1, which, according to the CBO’s estimates, will contribute about
six-tenths of a percentage point to the fiscal drag on economic
growth this year.
Given the still moderate underlying pace of economic growth,
this additional near-term burden on the recovery is significant.
Moreover, besides having adverse effects on jobs and incomes, a
slower recovery would lead to less actual deficit reduction in the
short run for any given set of fiscal actions.
At the same time, and despite progress in reducing near-term
budget deficits, the difficult progress of addressing longer-term fis-
cal imbalances has only begun. Indeed, the CBO projects that the
Federal deficit and debt as a percentage of GDP will begin rising
again in the latter part of this decade, reflecting in large part the
aging of the population and fast rising health care costs.
To promote economic growth in the longer term and to preserve
economic and financial stability, fiscal policy makers will have to
put the Federal budget on a sustainable long-run path that first
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
8
stabilizes the ratio of Federal debt to GDP, and given the current
elevated level of debt, eventually places that ratio on a downward
trajectory. Between 1960 and the onset of the financial crisis, Fed-
eral debt averaged less than 40 percent of GDP. This relatively low
level of debt provided the Nation much needed flexibility to meet
the economic challenges of the past few years. Replenishing this
fiscal capacity will give future Congresses and Administrations
greater scope to deal with unforseen events.
To address both the near and longer-term issues, the Congress
and the Administration should consider replacing the sharp front-
loaded spending cuts required by the sequestration with policies
that reduce the Federal deficit more gradually in the near term but
more substantially in the longer run. Such an approach could less-
en the near-term fiscal headwinds facing the recovery while more
effectively addressing the longer-term imbalances in the Federal
budget.
Finally, the size of deficits and debt matter, of course, but not all
tax and spending programs are created equal with respect to their
effects on the economy. To the greatest extent possible, in their ef-
forts to achieve sound public finances, fiscal policy makers should
not lose sight of the need for Federal tax and spending policies that
increase incentives to work and save, encourage investments in
workforce skills, advance private capital formation, promote re-
search and development, and provide necessary and productive
public infrastructure. Although economic growth alone cannot
eliminate Federal budget imbalances in either the short run or the
longer term, a more rapidly expanding economic pie will ease the
difficult choices that we face.
Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
Chairman JOHNSON. Thank you for your testimony.
As we begin questions, I will ask the Clerk to put 5 minutes on
the clock for each Member.
Chairman Bernanke, what is your assessment—please elabo-
rate—of the sequester’s impact on our economy in the short term
if Congress did nothing, and what would be the impact if Congress
manufactures another crisis with a fight over the CR?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, Mr. Chairman, as I mentioned in my re-
marks, with respect to the sequester, the CBO estimates that it
would cost about six-tenths a percent of growth in this year and
the equivalent of about 750,000 jobs, and so it would be a drag on
near-term economic recovery. More broadly, all of the actions taken
this year, according to the CBO, would be a drag of about 11⁄
2
per-
centage points, which is quite significant.
So in that respect, I think an appropriate balance would be to
introduce these cuts more gradually and to compensate with larger
and more sustained cuts in the longer run to address our long-run
fiscal issues.
As you note, there are a couple of other issues this year, includ-
ing the continuing resolution and the debt ceiling. Again, I hope
that Congress can work together effectively to address these issues
with a minimum of uncertainty, because the uncertainty itself, of
course, is also costly in terms of the ability of the private sector to
plan, to take risks, and to help grow the economy.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
9
Chairman JOHNSON. Housing is important to our economic
growth and the Fed is working on mortgage rules in Basel that will
have a major impact on housing. Chairman Bernanke, do you agree
with Governor Tarullo that nothing prevents QRM from being the
same as QM, and what will you do to ensure new Basel rules do
not hinder mortgage lending?
Mr. BERNANKE. Mr. Chairman, as you know, the QRM is re-
quired to be no more broad than the QM, so we have had to wait
for the QM to be done before we could attack the QRM process, al-
though we have put out previous proposed rulemakings.
The QM, of course, is intended to help consumers. The QRM is
meant to try to strengthen the securitization market. They are
somewhat different purposes. But I would say, responding to your
question, that the six agencies which are currently discussing the
QRM consider the idea of making the QRM essentially identical to
the QM is a realistic option and is one that we are considering.
Chairman JOHNSON. Thank you for your answer.
Also regarding Basel, Ranking Member Crapo and I sent you a
letter on the potential impact of Basel rules on insurance compa-
nies and community banks. I look forward to your response.
Chairman Bernanke, there is an increased focus on cybersecurity
and the United States, including within our financial system.
FSOC has noted the issue in its annual reports. What is the Fed
doing, both with the banks you supervise and your own networks,
to strengthen financial data protection and enhance the
cybersecurity of the financial sector?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, Mr. Chairman, as you know, your point is
absolutely right, that cybersecurity concerns in the financial sys-
tem have become more acute lately. Since last fall, there have been
a number of so-called denial of service attacks on banks, which es-
sentially flood the public-facing Web sites and prevent the public
from accessing their accounts, for example. These are obviously
quite disruptive and problematic.
The leadership on cybersecurity for the financial system is being
taken, on the one hand, by the Treasury, and on the other hand
by the various intelligence and securities agencies. The Federal Re-
serve is very much engaged in cooperating with these agencies,
sharing information, and working with our banks to make sure
that they have appropriate procedures and oversight in place to
deal with such problems. But, I have to say, we do not have to
press them very hard because they recognize it is very much in
their own interest to do whatever they can to prevent these attacks
from being effective.
Chairman JOHNSON. While some urge the Fed to focus solely on
inflation, which has been a bigger threat to our economic prosperity
since 2007, Chairman Bernanke, unemployment or inflation, what
is the most important step the Fed has taken to promote maximum
employment?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, Senator, as you know, we have a dual man-
date given to us by Congress. That is entirely appropriate. Con-
gress should set our objectives and then the Federal Reserve
should figure out how to meet them. So we are interested both in
achieving higher levels of employment and in maintaining low in-
flation and price stability.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
10
Our monetary policy, as I mentioned in my remarks, has been
quite accommodative in that respect. It is very much like that es-
sentially in all other advanced economies. In doing so, we have, ob-
viously, in the first instance, provided support for the real economy
and for job growth through strengthening housing, for example,
through strengthening the demand for automobiles and other dura-
bles, through wealth effects and the like.
But I would note that with inflation at or below our 2 percent
target, our policies have also had the effect of greatly reducing any
risk of deflation, which at the moment does not seem like much of
a concern, but at certain times, as inflation gets close to the zero
critical level, that risk increases. And keeping inflation from going
too low—I realize sometimes it is hard to explain to people why in-
flation that is too low is a problem—but if it is too low, you run
the risk of a Japanese-style situation, where prolonged deflation is
a barrier to economic growth and stability.
So our accommodative monetary policy has not really traded off
one of these against the other. It has supported both real growth
in employment and kept inflation close to our target. We have
many other things that we do on the regulatory side and so on, but
the monetary policy, of course, is the tool that the Fed has to try
to address that mandate.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Crapo.
Senator CRAPO. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
Chairman Bernanke, as you mentioned in your testimony, the
Fed is currently monitoring whether its prolonged near-zero inter-
est rate policy could result in excessive risk taking and threaten
the financial stability of the United States. I am interested in what
specific metrics you used to evaluate whether these risks are in-
creasing.
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, first, Senator, we have greatly expanded
our resources that we use in the monitoring process. We have cre-
ated a new Office for Financial Stability. We are working very in-
tensively with the Financial Stability Oversight Council. So the
amount of effort we put into this has greatly increased. Our inter-
nal monitors, in turn, report regularly to the Board and they report
to the Federal Open Market Committee. So our discussions of mon-
etary policy include extensive discussions of financial stability
issues.
The kind of metrics that are used include things like leverage,
are people who are investing taking on too much leverage? Are
asset valuations out of line according to standard metrics? Is inter-
est rate risk or other kinds of risk too concentrated? As you know,
of course, the Fed is also a bank supervisor, so we spend a lot of
effort looking at banks and other financial institutions, trying to
ensure that they have appropriate capital, appropriate liquidity,
and are appropriately managing their risk. And so there’s a wide
range of ways in which we look at this.
Again, as I indicated, we are watching this very carefully. To this
point, and I think this is a view shared by others on the Com-
mittee, while there are things that we really have to pay attention
to, at this point, they are not of sufficient concern that they out-
weigh the important benefits of trying to support a continued re-
covery.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
11
Senator CRAPO. Well, thank you. I probably would disagree with
those conclusions. I know a number of my colleagues are going to
get into this issue a little further, so I am going to go on because
of the shortness of time.
I want to talk with you briefly about Dodd-Frank reform. If we
are able to achieve some bipartisan consensus on steps to improve
Dodd-Frank, what are some of the provisions that you think need
clarification or improvement for reconsideration?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, first, as a general matter, Senator, Dodd-
Frank is a very big, complicated piece of legislation. It addresses
many different issues and I am sure there are many aspects of it
that could be improved in one way or another. I recall, in fact, that
you yourself had a bill 5 or 6 years ago on regulatory reform and
simplification——
Senator CRAPO. That is right.
Mr. BERNANKE. ——which was a bipartisan effort to find ways to
reduce costs without losing the purposes of the regulation, and I
think something along those lines would be very doable in this con-
text. The Federal Reserve would certainly be willing to work with
you closely.
In terms of specifics, we would want to do the work, of course,
but you mentioned in your opening remarks the end user issue,
clarity on what Congress would like us to do about end users, for
example. Another area which is proving difficult is the push-out
provision for derivatives. And I think, more generally, I think we
all agree that the burden of regulation falls particularly heavily on
small community banks, which do not have the resources to man-
age those regulations very effectively. So I would say as a general
proposition that we ought to work together to try to find ways to
lower that regulatory burden on those smaller institutions.
Senator CRAPO. Well, thank you, Mr. Chairman, and I appreciate
your advice and your expression of willingness to work with us on
these and others as we move forward to try to improve our regu-
latory climate.
The last issue, at least that I will have time for in this round,
is I want to talk about the crisis in Europe. Last week, the Euro-
pean Union released its 2013 forecast for the eurozone economy
and the E.U. economists predict that the eurozone economy will
shrink for the second year in a row and the third in the last five.
What specific risks does a prolonged recession in Europe present to
the outlook for the U.S. economy?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, the risks that we have been facing for the
last couple of years have been primarily financial, given uncertain-
ties about the stability of certain countries’ sovereign debt, given
the risk on, risk off behavior we have been seeing in financial mar-
kets as news comes in about financial developments.
The European Central Bank has taken a number of important
steps, including most recently the outright monetary transactions,
which have helped to bring down the sovereign debt yields for the
more fiscally challenged countries. That has been helpful. There
have been a number of other positive steps which have generally
reduced the financial stresses in Europe, notwithstanding the
issues raised by the Italian election yesterday and today. And so
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
12
while that remains a concern, I think the financial stresses are cer-
tainly less today than they were over the last 2 years.
At the same time, as you mentioned, even as the financial
stresses have moderated to some extent, the European economy
and the eurozone is in recession. Unemployment is rising, not fall-
ing. And that affects us in a number of ways, partly through the
financial sector, but also simply through trade. Our economy pros-
pers when we can export and the European market is an important
market for us and we have noticed a decline in our ability to export
to Europe. So that is a risk, as well.
Senator CRAPO. Thank you.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Reed.
Senator REED. Thank you very much, Mr. Chairman.
Thank you, Mr. Chairman, for your testimony. Over the last sev-
eral years, the Federal Reserve has been providing stimulus to the
economy through QE3, through other programs, and particularly as
we are on the verge of the sequestration, it seems that our fiscal
policy is not complementary to your policy. In fact, contradictory.
And as you suggest in your testimony, if we could in the short run
have a complementary policy, that would also add jobs rather than
subtract them in the short run, add growth that would actually do
better in closing the deficit and, in fact, provide an opportunity in
the long run to solve some of the challenging problems.
In addition, and I would like your comments, if we continue to
sort of use austerity as our major approach, that, I presume, would
complicate your ability, as you suggest you can do, to, in a meas-
ured way, move away from quantitative easing at the right time.
Could you comment on those points?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, as I have noted, and I noted again today,
monetary policy is no panacea, is no cure all, and we do not have
the ability—we can all disagree on how powerful these measures
are, and I do think they are effective, but I do not think that they
can offset the 11⁄
2
percentage points of fiscal restraint we are see-
ing this year, for example. So in terms of the near-term recovery,
I think there is a sense in which monetary and fiscal policy are
working at cross purposes.
Having said that, I want to just be clear that I am not in any
way denying the importance of long-run fiscal stability. I just think
that, to some extent, the fiscal policy decisions being made are mis-
matched with the timing of the problem. The problem is a longer-
term problem and should be addressed over a longer timeframe
and in a way that, to the extent possible, and perhaps it is not en-
tirely possible, but to the extent possible, does no harm with re-
spect to the ongoing recovery. And that is the kind of balance I
hope that the Congress will consider.
Senator REED. So do I. I may be repeating myself, is that if our
policies in the short run were complementary, that would probably
bring down the deficit faster than the current sort of cross pur-
poses. Is that your sense, too?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, certainly the—I do not know if it would be
literally faster in the short run, because on the one hand, you
would have fewer cuts and tax increases. On the other hand, you
have greater growth. So those two factors might be going in the
other direction.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
13
But it is true that you get less bang for the buck, so to speak,
for a given cut or a given tax increase because of the effect on
short-term growth. So you would get a longer and larger long-run
deficit impact and do less damage to the growth process by looking
at this over a longer timeframe.
Senator REED. Thank you very much.
Let me quickly turn to another issue, and that is the Basel Com-
mittee announced significantly weaker liquidity coverage ratio
rules, allowing sort of the use of mortgage-backed securities as liq-
uid assets, et cetera. Do you intend to follow that approach with
respect to the Fed, particularly the cautionary words you gave us
today about risk taking and adding leverage to the financial mar-
kets?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, I think that will be our starting point. We
need to start with the international agreement and ask ourselves,
to what extent do we need to strengthen it? To what extent do we
need to customize it for the U.S. context? You have to remember
that, unlike capital, liquidity requirements are a new thing, and
there was a significant amount of discussion about what was rea-
sonable, what might be the side effects of liquidity requirements in
other markets, and the like. And so there was a bit of iteration in
terms of what the international agreement was. But we will cer-
tainly, of course, meet the international agreement, and then we
will be looking to see whether additional steps or U.S.
customization is necessary.
Senator REED. Finally, and very quickly, Senator Crapo touched
on the European situation. From afar, it looks like their policies of
austerity have not helped them grow at all, in fact, have com-
plicated their economic situation. Is that a fair judgment?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, austerity is not the only problem. They
have, obviously, high interest rates and a variety of other factors
that are affecting their economies. But, again, I would say that it
is possible to achieve both objectives, short-term growth and
longer-term financial sustainability, with a more judicious com-
bination of short-term and long-term fiscal adjustments.
Senator REED. Thank you very much, Mr. Chairman. Thank you,
Mr. Bernanke.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Shelby.
Senator SHELBY. Thank you.
Mr. Chairman, welcome again to the Committee. The portfolio or
the balance sheet of the Fed, you said is $3 trillion, more or less,
is that right?
Mr. BERNANKE. I did not say, but yes, that is about right.
Senator SHELBY. Is that about right?
Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, sir.
Senator SHELBY. But you said it then, did you not? It is about
$3 trillion.
Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, sir.
Senator SHELBY. You studied the Fed a long time before you ever
came to the Fed. Has there ever been that type of balance sheet,
close to that?
Mr. BERNANKE. I do not think so.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
14
Senator SHELBY. No. OK. Does it concern you, not how you add
to the balance sheet, but how you might have to deleverage the bal-
ance sheet, and will that be a challenge for the Fed, or could it be?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, Senator, I should comment that although
the Fed has not had a balance sheet this size, other central banks,
like the Japanese, for example, have——
Senator SHELBY. And they have paid for it, too, have they not?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, it depends on your point of view. The cur-
rent Prime Minister thinks they have not done enough.
Senator SHELBY. What do you think?
Mr. BERNANKE. I think that they should try to get rid of defla-
tion. I support their attempts to get rid of deflation.
In terms of exiting from our balance sheet, we have put out—a
couple years ago, we put out a plan. We have a set of tools. I think
we have belts, suspenders, two pairs of suspenders. We have dif-
ferent ways that we can do it. So I am not—I think we have the
technical means to unwind it at the appropriate time. Of course,
picking the exact moment to do it, of course, is always difficult. You
know, you want to withdraw the support at the right time, not too
early, not too late. That is always a judgment call.
But in terms of the ability to get out and to normalize our bal-
ance sheet, we have, again, a set of tools, which I would be happy
to go into, if you like, but which will allow us to normalize policy
either by selling assets or by retaining assets and doing other
things, like raising the interest rate we pay on reserves.
Senator SHELBY. Do you think you will grow to a $4 trillion bal-
ance sheet?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, we do not have—we did not announce any
number. What we are doing is we are looking—we are tying our
asset purchases to the state of the economy. We want to continue
purchases until we see a substantial improvement in the outlook
for the labor market, conditional on inflation remaining stable. We
are also, as I mentioned in my remarks, we are looking at the costs
and benefits, including the financial stability issues that Senator
Crapo alluded to. So we do not have—we have not given a specific
number, but we are certainly paying close attention to all of these
issues.
Senator Crapo mentioned the transparency of the Fed. We are
having this debate in public. You may have noticed that many
Members of the Committee talk in public. We want everyone to un-
derstand that we are looking at all these issues. We are taking
them all into account. And we are trying to do the right balancing
of our objectives.
Senator SHELBY. Is your portfolio public?
Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, sir.
Senator SHELBY. It is public. In other words, the $3 trillion value
of your portfolio, it is public as to what securities you have and
how they are doing, performing and nonperforming, is that——
Mr. BERNANKE. They are all performing, every single one. I
mean, they are all Treasuries and Treasury-guaranteed agency se-
curities.
Senator SHELBY. Just about all of them are Treasury and Treas-
ury-related securities?
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
15
Mr. BERNANKE. By law, we can only buy Treasuries and agen-
cies.
Senator SHELBY. And they are all performing right now?
Mr. BERNANKE. A hundred percent.
Senator SHELBY. OK. I want to discuss Basel III—I just have a
minute. Where is Basel III as far as implementation in Europe and
the U.S.? Bring us up to date.
Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, sir——
Senator SHELBY. Because I think this is a very important regu-
latory challenge for everybody.
Mr. BERNANKE. Right. Well, as you know, we put out a proposed
rule on Basel III. We received lots of comments. We work to those
comments. We have continued to talk to our international partners
and we are planning to have a final rule out on Basel III—I cannot
give you an exact date, but somewhere in the middle of this year,
and with the aim of getting the implementation of Basel III during
2013.
I would point out, also, that as far as we can tell through our
stress tests and other measures, virtually all of our banks are al-
ready well on track to meet the Basel III requirements. So it is not
a question of the banks not being adequately capitalized. They are
already either at or about to reach the Basel III capital levels.
Senator SHELBY. What about Europe and their banks?
Mr. BERNANKE. Europe is also in the process of implementing
Basel III. Their banking system is weaker, I think. It has strength-
ened some in recent quarters. We are discussing with them some
of the details of their plans, some of which differ from the inter-
national agreement, in our view. But they are also in the process
of implementing this agreement.
Senator SHELBY. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Schumer.
Senator SCHUMER. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
First, I want to welcome Senator Crapo as our new Ranking
Member and look forward to working with you on the Committee.
And to the other new Members of the Committee, welcome. It is
a great Committee with a great group, and I hope we will have a
good, productive time under the Chairman’s leadership.
OK. My first few questions are about sequestration, and then I
want to talk a little about Italy.
Estimates suggest that letting sequester take effect could reduce
the GDP by as much as half a point over the remainder of the year.
I first want to know if it is—I am going to ask you a series and
you can answer them. Is that a fair estimate?
Instead of stopping sequestration, some have suggested letting
the full amount of cuts take effect, but rearranging the cuts rather
than imposing them across the board. In your opinion, would this
reshuffling mitigate the negative effect of GDP growth in any
meaningful way this year or next, or would the net effect on short-
term GDP be more or less the same since the total amounts of cuts
would be the same?
And my second question on sequestration is this. It goes into ef-
fect Friday. There is some debate about how quickly the cuts will
take place and how quickly the impact on jobs and the economy
will be felt. CBO says sequestration will cost 750,000 jobs. When
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
16
do you think we will start seeing the impact in the job market? In
the March job numbers? In April? When? Those are my questions
on sequestration.
Mr. BERNANKE. Sure. The six-tenths on GDP growth in 2013 is
a CBO number, and we get very similar results to that. I think
that is a reasonable estimate.
In terms of whether or not rearranging the cuts would be bene-
ficial, it could be beneficial from the point of view of more efficient
allocation of the cuts or cuts that are more consistent with the pref-
erences of Congress, but that, of course, is a Congressional deci-
sion. I have no input there other than to say that I think the near-
term effect on growth would probably not be substantially different
if you did it that way.
In terms of the effects on jobs and employment, the spending im-
plications of the sequester take place over a period of time, so I——
Senator SCHUMER. Mr. Chairman, you did not answer the second
one. I asked you, would it—regardless of the political preferences
that the Congress might have—would the rearrangement, if there
is flexibility, affect economic growth in any real way——
Mr. BERNANKE. Oh, sorry——
Senator SCHUMER. ——if the cut level is the same?
Mr. BERNANKE. Not significantly. It would be about the same, I
think.
Senator SCHUMER. Got you. Good.
Mr. BERNANKE. In terms of the impact, the sequestration takes
place over time. Furloughs take place over time. Spending cuts
take place over time. So I would not expect to see a big impact im-
mediately. I think it would probably build over a period of months.
Senator SCHUMER. Right. One of my colleagues—I do not want
to steal his thunder, he is not here—but at a meeting earlier de-
scribed it like the metaphor of the frog who jumps into a pot and
the water just starts boiling, and you do not feel it at first, but if
you stay in that pot, you are going to be singed pretty badly. Is
that a fair analogy?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, again, I think that it would take effect over
a period of time, and remember, it is also in conjunction with the
other measures that have been taken this year, as well.
Senator SCHUMER. Yes. Thank you.
The next question is on Italy. So the markets reacted quite nerv-
ously, shall we say, to the elections in Italy and the idea that they
might not be able to form a Government, or might form a Govern-
ment that would be less willing to go along with the present eco-
nomic policies. My question is, A, what do you think of that, but
B, more importantly, what is the exposure of our American finan-
cial institutions to Italy’s debt? How dangerous—let us say—let us
take the worst case scenario and let us say they cannot form a Gov-
ernment and they go through a little bit of what Greece or Spain
has. How big an effect would that have on the stability—not on the
world economy, not on our selling to Italy, but on the stability of
our American financial institutions?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, the market is reacting, first and foremost,
to uncertainty. It does not know which way the Italian Government
is going to go and how those policies will be affected.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
17
I am not an expert in Italian politics, but I do not think that any
of the candidates have outright rejected either staying in the Euro
or maintaining the policies that are being required of Italy in order
to continue to receive—you know, in order to continue to be in the
eurozone. But, again, there is a lot of uncertainty there to see what
happens.
Italy is unusual in that its current deficits are not very large, but
it has a very large outstanding debt, and so there is a lot of Italian
debt held around the world. Our assessments, going back, is that
our banking exposure to Italian and Spanish debt is moderate, that
it would be meaningful, but—again, I am not forecasting in any
way—would not inflict serious damage on our financial institutions.
There are, of course, also money market funds that lend a lot of
funds to European banks, including Italian banks, and those are
connected. The fate of those institutions is connected to the fate of
the fiscal situation.
But, again, I think that the main effects would be more indirect.
I think—and again, I want to emphasize, this is totally hypo-
thetical—that serious concerns about, say, the ability of Italy to re-
main in the Euro would probably have much broader effects on
other asset classes—stock market, bond yields around the world,
bank stocks, et cetera—and those effects would be more unpredict-
able and more concerning probably than direct losses and expo-
sures in terms of Italian debt holdings.
Senator SCHUMER. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Corker.
Senator CORKER. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
When the Fed decided that it was going to stimulate a global
currency war as it did, did you embark on that thinking, well, our
country is in trouble and let us sort of the heck with everybody
else, or did you think it would leverage the wealth effect, if you
will, if everybody had a race to the bottom? I know the Fed has
been really purposeful in trying to create this sort of faux wealth
effect. Did you think it would multiply your efforts?
And speaking to that, so overall wealth effect, I know you all do
calculations all the time, but could you tell us exactly what sort of
the wealth effect is, the part of it that is not real, that if you were
to stop doing what you are doing as it relates to monetary supply
today, how much of a diminishment in national wealth would take
place?
Mr. BERNANKE. On the first question, we are not engaged in a
currency war. We are not targeting our currency. The G7 put out
a statement which was very clear that it is entirely appropriate for
countries to use monetary policy to address their domestic objec-
tives, in our case, employment and price stability. Our position is
that our expansionary monetary policies, which are being rep-
licated, of course, in other industrial countries, are increasing de-
mand globally and helping not only our businesses but also the
businesses in other countries that export to us. And so this is not
a ‘‘beggar thy neighbor’’ policy. It is one that benefits our trading
partners.
Senator CORKER. But the wealth effect is something you have
tried to stimulate here, and I wonder if you could tell me——
Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, that——
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
18
Senator CORKER. ——how much wealth diminishment would
take place if you were to, if you will, move away from the punch
bowl.
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, there would be some, but I would point out
that if you look at the stock market, for example, that the so-called
equity premium, the risk premium associated with stock prices, is
actually quite wide. In other words, stock prices by that metric do
not appear over-valued, given earnings and given interest rates.
Now, if interest rates went up some, that would have some effect
on stock prices.
But the point here is not to create what you call a faux wealth
effect. The point here is to stimulate the economy, create some for-
ward momentum in growth and employment, and that, in turn,
shows up in earnings and that creates a genuine increase in
wealth, the same with house prices.
Senator CORKER. So I think that, you know, I do not think there
is any question that you would be the biggest dove, if you will,
since World War II. I think that is something you are rather proud
of. And we have a Federal Government that is spending more rel-
ative to GDP than at any time since World War II. Those are work-
ing well together in that the Fed is actually purchasing a large por-
tion of the new debt issuances as we live beyond our means, and
so it is working very well together in that regard.
I am just wondering if you all talk at all in your meetings about
the degrading effect that is having on our society and how it is ba-
sically punishing people who have done the right things and throw-
ing seniors under the bus and others that have saved money. Do
you all ever talk about the longer-term degrading effect of these
policies as we try to live for today?
Mr. BERNANKE. I think one concern we have is about the effect
of long-term unemployment and people who do not have jobs for
years. That means they are never going to acquire skills. They are
never going to be a productive part of our workforce. So the jobs
part is very important.
You called me a dove. Well, maybe in some respects, I am, but
on the other hand, my inflation record is the best of any Federal
Reserve Chairman in the postwar period, or at least one of the
best, about 2 percent average inflation. So we have worked on both
sides of the mandate and we are trying to achieve a stronger econ-
omy for everybody. I do not think there is any degrading going on.
You mentioned, in particular, the issue of savers, and I think
that is an important issue. I would just point out that if we tried
to raise interest rates from, say, the current 10-year yield is 2 per-
cent—if we tried to raise it to three or four or 5 percent while the
economy was still weak, it could not be sustained. Our economy is
not weak enough to sustain high real returns to savers. If we tried
to do that, we would throw our economy back into recession and
we would have low interest rates like the Japanese do. The only
way to get interest rates up for savers is to get a strong recovery,
and the only way to get a strong recovery is to provide adequate
support to the recovery. So I do not agree with that premise.
Senator CORKER. Do you concern yourself at all with just the
whole notion of being perceived—you know, we watch regulatory
capture take place here, where basically the regulators end up
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
19
working for the people that they regulate. You know, we have
TARP, which most people who voted felt like that was a needed
thing during a crisis, and then we have had this easy money policy
which really allowed the big institutions, especially on Wall Street,
to really reap tremendous benefits in the early stages without
doing anything. And then you are getting ready, I guess, in a few
years, as you alluded to, when interest rates rise, to basically have
to print money to sell securities at losses and then pay interest on
reserves, which people have pointed out, and I think all have
talked about, is going to be billions and billions of dollars going to
these institutions that, again, you regulate. Do you concern your-
self at all with the Fed being viewed as not as independent as it
used to be and working so closely with many of these institutions
that you regulate?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, we are concerned about perceptions, that is
true, but none of the things you said are accurate. For example——
Senator CORKER. Well, yes, they are.
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, so to take the case of paying interest on re-
serves in the exit, for example, that is, number one, that is bene-
ficial for the taxpayer because on the left hand side of the balance
sheet is reserves, but on the right hand side is the securities that
we hold, which pay a higher interest rate than the reserves. So by
doing that, we actually make a profit which we remit to the Treas-
ury.
Senator CORKER. Well, it is really good for the institutions.
Mr. BERNANKE. We are not helping the banks. We are not help-
ing the banks because——
Senator CORKER. No, when you exit. When you begin to draw the
money supply in, it is going to be very, very beneficial to these in-
stitutions.
Mr. BERNANKE. Why?
Senator CORKER. Oh, they are going to be yielding huge returns
on their reserves as you pay the——
Mr. BERNANKE. We will be paying market rates. We will be pay-
ing exactly what they can be getting in the repo market, in the
commercial paper market, anywhere else. There is no subsidy in-
volved.
Senator CORKER. OK.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Menendez.
Senator MENENDEZ. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
Chairman Bernanke, thanks for your testimony. You mentioned
the housing market and that being important. It has always been
one of the drivers of our economic recovery. And in that respect,
Senator Boxer and I have reintroduced the Responsible Homeowner
Refinancing Act, which would remove barriers to refinancing for
borrowers with GSE mortgages and have a history of paying their
mortgage on time. In the State of the Union, President Obama said
too many families who have never missed a payment and want to
refinance are being told no and urged the Congress to act.
In that respect, could you discuss the benefit to both individuals
and the national economy of enabling more families to refinance
mortgages at today’s historically low interest rates?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, on the side of the borrowers, if they are
able to refinance, then they will have, obviously, lower payments,
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
20
lower debt burdens, and to some extent, more income and ability
to spend. I guess the question on the other side is whether there
are needed subsides or other costs and how large those would be.
That would be the tradeoff I would look at.
But it is true from the borrower’s point of view, being able to re-
finance at a lower rate is going to increase the chance that you can
stay in your house and increase your income.
Senator MENENDEZ. Would we not be, in essence, solidifying an
entire universe of responsible, so far responsible, borrowers to be
able to ensure that they can continue to be a responsible borrower,
be able to avert any movement toward foreclosure and create an
economic stimulus, because if I have been patching the roof on my
house because I do not have the money to fully repair it and now
I am paying $300 or $400 less a month, I am going to have the
wherewithal to spend that money in an economy that would ulti-
mately have a ripple effect? Would that not be a fair statement?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, Senator, as you know, I do not like to en-
dorse specific legislative proposals. In this case——
Senator MENENDEZ. Well, forget about the proposal. Just the
question in general of the possibility of refinancing at historically
lower rates.
Mr. BERNANKE. Again, from the borrower’s point of view, that is
clearly better. They will have lower payments. They will have more
income, discretionary income, a better chance of staying in their
house. And I guess the question is, what implications would it have
on the lenders’ side or on the fiscal side. Would there be some
money coming in from the Government to offset it on the other
side, would be the question I think you would have to look at. But
your basic point, would it help borrowers, obviously, it would.
Senator MENENDEZ. Let me ask you this. With reference—you
said in your testimony—I do not know if you verbalized this, but
I read it—it says, the sizes of deficits and debt matter, of course,
but not all tax and spending programs are created equal with re-
spect to their effects on the economy. To the greatest extent pos-
sible, in their efforts to achieve sound public finances, fiscal policy
makers should not lose sight of the need for Federal tax and spend-
ing policies that increase incentives to work and save, encourage
investments in workforce skills, advance private capital formation,
promote research and development, and provide necessary and pro-
ductive public infrastructure.
With that view being your statement, is not sequester—which is
something I did not vote for because I saw exactly where we were
going to be headed—is not the way sequester takes place totally in
contrary to that view?
Mr. BERNANKE. I think there is a tendency, Senator, when you
are thinking about the budget and the deficit, to just talk about
total spending, total taxes, and I am saying, and I think it is con-
sistent with your point, that it is also very important whether the
tax policy is a good tax policy, whether the spending is productive
spending that increases the productive capacity of our economy or
achieves desirable social goals. So I hope it is not too controversial
to say that I think the Congress ought to think carefully about how
it taxes and spends and try and achieve the best outcomes it can.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
21
Senator MENENDEZ. Well, in sequester, you have across-the-
board cuts.
Mr. BERNANKE. That is right.
Senator MENENDEZ. Now, if you are in the private sector and you
lost revenue, either you try to make up that revenue or, if you had
to make cuts in your business, you would make it in accordance
with what would pose you for growth again. So it might be in the
context of one company human capital. In another company, it
might be technology, whatever.
Mr. BERNANKE. Mm-hmm.
Senator MENENDEZ. Across-the-board cuts are indiscriminate
and, therefore, do not have the balance that you suggest is nec-
essary. Would that be a fair statement?
Mr. BERNANKE. That is fair, but the question is, will the Senate
and the Congress be able to agree on how to replace the sequester
with a different set of programs? If they can, obviously, if they can
find a better combination, obviously, that would be better for our
economy.
Senator MENENDEZ. Well, it would certainly be more desirable,
assuming that that agreement could be achieved, than a meat axe
approach, across the board, regardless of understanding the very
issues that you raise. How do you create policies that create incen-
tives to work and save, encourage workforce skills, capital forma-
tion, and what not.
Mr. BERNANKE. I agree.
Senator MENENDEZ. Thank you.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Toomey.
Senator TOOMEY. Thank you, Mr. Chairman, and thank you,
Chairman Bernanke, for joining us.
I would just like to follow up for a moment on the point that the
Senator from New Jersey was making, because I think, if I under-
stood the gist of what he was saying, we might have a lot of agree-
ment on this, and that is whether we like it or not, it is certainly
possible and actually looks quite likely that the sequester will at
least begin. And as it is currently codified, it is without regard to
any sense of what are higher and lower priorities in the different
agencies that would be affected.
It is hard to imagine that that is the optimal way to go about
cutting spending. It is impossible for me to believe that all spend-
ing is equally meritorious and that every category of spending
within every agency has equal merit and equal priority. And so it
seems to me that the most sensible way to go about this would be
to give some flexibility to the people who are closest to these spend-
ing decisions—the agency heads, the Administration, the OMB—so
that they can at least make the cuts that are least disruptive.
Some cuts are more disruptive than others, and it just seems that
it could be less disruptive to our economy if they had a chance to
do this through a thoughtful process than if it has to be done uni-
formly across the board. Does that make some sense?
Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, sir.
Senator TOOMEY. Thank you. Another point about the sequester
I just have to make—I was not going to get into this, but I just
have to strongly disagree with the notion that we have some kind
of severe austerity program that is about to kick in. We have a
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
22
Federal Government that has doubled in size in the last 10 years,
100 percent growth in total spending. The sequestration con-
templates 2.5 percent budget authority reduction, which, as you
know, about half of that would be actually spent in this fiscal year.
So we are talking less than 1.3 percent of Federal spending and
outlays that would be curbed.
The fact is, if the sequestration fully goes into effect, in fiscal
year 2013, the Federal Government will spend more money than it
did in 2012. It is hard for me to understand that as draconian
spending cuts and austerity. And, by the way, by my math, the ac-
tual outlay is a reduction that is equal to about one-quarter of 1
percent of GDP. How that has a disastrous impact on GDP growth
escapes me.
And, frankly, the idea that we would somehow postpone it and
promise that we will make cuts in the future, I think the credibility
of those promises would be worth zero and our economy would re-
spond in a very adverse way, because it would see that we have
absolutely no willingness, no political ability, to begin even the
slightest imposition of fiscal discipline. And so I think that has
very negative implications.
My specific question is for you on monetary policy, Mr. Chair-
man. You talked about the fact that inflation has not manifested
itself as a problem by conventional measures at this point. I take
your point. To what extent are you concerned about asset bubbles?
There are people who think we have bubbles in the works right
now in Treasury securities and agricultural real estate, some even
in the equity markets. How do you know when there is a bubble,
and how concerned are you that this absolutely unprecedented
monetary policy could manifest itself in inappropriate asset appre-
ciation?
Mr. BERNANKE. It is a concern, as I said in my remarks. We are
approaching it two ways. First, we are putting a lot of effort into
measuring, monitoring, assessing asset prices and financial activi-
ties. Second, we are trying to make sure that, to the extent that
there may be some frothiness in a particular asset class, that the
holders of those assets are prepared to deal with the losses. So, for
example, banks have twice as much capital today than they did a
few years ago and we stress them according to different possible
scenarios where asset prices move sharply and ask, would they still
be able to lend and be stable.
Senator TOOMEY. And I have got very little time, so I acknowl-
edge that, but I think you perhaps would agree that it can be very
difficult to know when a bubble is really forming and it is getting
frothy as opposed to being driven by fundamentals.
And the other concern that I have, as you mentioned earlier, I
think, in conversation with Senator Shelby and perhaps Senator
Corker, that you are confident that you have the ability to unwind
the very large balance sheet that you have got. There is no ques-
tion, you have the ability to unwind. What worries me is the impos-
sibility of knowing the impact of the unwind.
For instance, just the suggestion of maybe a little bit more dis-
sent within the FOMC than people previously thought existed pre-
cipitated a significant sell-off in equities a week or two ago. What
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
23
would the impact be of actually having to liquidate a big portion
of your holdings on the bond market, on the equity markets?
Mr. BERNANKE. We do not anticipate having to do that. We think
that we can——
Senator TOOMEY. Not ever?
Mr. BERNANKE. We could exit without ever selling by letting it
run off, and we could tighten policy by raising interest rates that
we pay on reserves. That would be one strategy, for example.
In any case, we have said that we will sell slowly, with lots of
notice, and we will, of course, also be offering our forward guidance
about rates so that there will not be a shift in rates, expectations
on the part of the market. So we are giving a lot of thought to
these issues.
Senator, if I could just make one very quick point, there is no
risk-free approach to this situation. I mean, the risk of not doing
anything is severe, as well. So we are trying to balance these
things as best we can.
Senator TOOMEY. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Warner.
Senator WARNER. Thank you, Mr. Chairman, and Chairman
Bernanke, thank you for your work and your efforts to, as I think
we all have some concerns, take extraordinary actions, oftentimes
because, at least to date, it seems like we have failed to keep up
our end of the bargain to put in place the kind of balanced, com-
prehensive, phased in deficit reduction plan that you have called
for and many of us have worked on for years.
I would add, as well, that every one of those plans from Simpson-
Bowles on had a revenue component that was substantially higher
than the revenue secured on the New Year’s Eve deal. I would also
acknowledge all of those had an entitlement reform component that
also has not been part of the agreements to date.
I do want to come back at one level on the sequestration, because
I heard some of my colleagues say the hit to the economy of seques-
trations, which was set up to be the stupidest option possible, such
an outrageous option that rational people would never allow it to
come to pass, we look at that kind of top-line number and its effect
it would have on the economy, and one of the things—I know you
have got great folks who do analysis—whether you have been able
to kind of dig in at a kind of level below—beyond just the kind of
top-line cut, the failure to have it phased in, the failure, for exam-
ple, to have a balance with some revenue additions, but to actually
get to the level of granularity where, in many cases, because of this
across-the-board approach without any prioritization, 975 separate
line items in the Navy not of equal value to the taxpayer or to our
defense, where in many cases we will actually be costing the tax-
payer more money by these cuts, where we will be either in one
case breaking volume contract purchases on—not just on the DOD
side, but on other sides, or the cases where—I had a university
president here today with me where NIH grants that may have
had three or 4 years’ worth of research where the last year of re-
search now cannot be let and consequently all of the previous work
kind of goes down the drain. Or, while we talk about the economic
costs of furloughing individuals, whether you have been able to do
the analysis and say what that downstream might mean when it
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
24
is meat inspectors or poultry inspectors which then might have a
subsequent driving up of prices to consumers because not as much
food gets into the grocery store.
Has your analysis taken on the kind of, not just top line, but the
kind of the extra added stupidity value that was not built into this
legislation?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, I agree with a couple of previous speakers
on both sides that a thoughtful approach that looked at all these
issues would be better if it could be agreed upon than a just across-
the-board approach. But we do not get into line items and specific
programs.
Senator WARNER. And I agree. Top line, the number is going to
have an enormously detrimental effect, and again, why I think we
need balance. But I would argue that there is a perhaps stupid and
slightly less stupid way and I am, I think, only digging into some
of the—literally some of the absurdities that will take place. And,
actually, some of the costs that the taxpayers will incur under the
guise of, quote-unquote, ‘‘cutting’’ is pretty remarkable.
I want to come back to—I have a host of questions, and my time
is quickly going away, as well—two other items. One, a lot of con-
versation for those of us who have been wrestling with the fiscal
issues on any kind of historic basis. Clearly, we are at historic
spending levels, historically high spending levels. We are also at
historically low, the last 50 years, at least, revenue levels.
One of the things that sometimes is cited is, well, our goal ought
to be a 50-year running average of what our revenue should be as
a percent of GDP. I guess I just really wonder, with the demo-
graphic bulge that we have, with the aging of our population, that
even those of us who have been very strong proponents of major
entitlement reform, do you really think that kind of a backwards-
looking 50-year historic revenue target is appropriate as an econo-
mist when you look at both our aging population and the kind of
demographic bulge of the baby boom coming in, even with mean-
ingful entitlement reform?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, the way I think about it is in terms of debt-
to-GDP ratio. As I mentioned in my remarks, we had a national
asset of a 40 percent debt-to-GDP ratio before the crisis and we
have lost a lot of that asset. And given what is happening, you
know, 10, 20, 30 years out, we should be trying to buildup over the
next decade some fiscal capacity to deal with it.
Senator WARNER. My time is up, but just would you say what
that debt-to-GDP goal should be going forward? You have made
that comment at various times——
Mr. BERNANKE. I do not think there is a magic number, but his-
torically, we have not been at 75 percent at any time since just
after World War II. So if we can bring it down from here some, it
would be helpful, I think.
Senator WARNER. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Coburn.
Senator COBURN. Thank you, Mr. Chairman, for being here. I ap-
preciate your work.
Just a comment on Senator Warner. The revenue that was
passed was certainly less than what Simpson-Bowles had agreed
to, but I would remind my colleague, Simpson-Bowles revenue was
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
25
used to lower tax rates to stimulate the economy, not to raise taxes
and not stimulate the economy. And what is outrageous is that we
have not done anything to address our long-term problems. And I
know my colleague from Virginia has been very effective in work-
ing across the aisle to try to accomplish that.
My questions really have to do with QE. Do you think—is there
a diminishing return on your efforts at quantitative easing, in
terms of its effect?
Mr. BERNANKE. That is a good question when we have debated.
On the one hand, the first round in 2009 had some very substantial
benefits in terms of market functioning. Markets were in turmoil.
Our purchases helped calm markets and set the stage for recovery
in financial markets. Of course, we do not have quite that situation
today.
On the other hand, there are some things working in the other
direction. For example, credit markets are more open today. Banks
are lending more today. And so in some sense, the low interest
rates can pass through more easily today than they could have a
couple years ago.
So that is a good question. We do not know exactly which way
it goes, but I think, as I said in my remarks, I think there is pretty
good evidence that 3.5 percent mortgage rates are one of the rea-
sons why housing looks like it is turning around, low auto rates
one of the reasons why car sales are up. So whether it is bigger
or less, I am not sure, but it does seem to be having some positive
benefits in terms of growth.
Senator COBURN. Now that we have Japan actually pretty well
duplicating some of our efforts in terms of QE to fight deflation,
which I agree is a proper goal for them—they have struggled with
that for 20 years—do you worry at all, now that the European
countries have done a quantitative easing, in effect, Japan has
done it, the Bank of China has done it, we have done it, that the
competitive ratio or the net competitive differences might divert
away and we see this in terms of trade protectionism in terms of
the international markets?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, first, Senator, you make a good point that
the Fed is not at all extraordinary. In terms of balance sheets, in
terms of long-term interest rates, we are very similar to a lot of
other countries.
As I was saying before, we do not view monetary policy aimed
at domestic goals as being a currency war. It is not like putting
tariffs on your imports so that you can ‘‘beggar thy neighbor’’ to the
benefit of your domestic industries. That is not what we are doing.
If all the major economies that need support provide stimulus and
extra aggregate demand, that is mutually beneficial because, for
example, China depends on the strength of Europe and the U.S. as
their export market, and we, too, depend on other countries, as
well, as a market for our goods. So this is, I think, a positive sum
game, not a zero sum game, that we have here.
Senator COBURN. But there was some concern in the last G20
meeting in terms of this target of the end being at 110 instead of
90—instead of 78, like it was 90 days ago, or maybe longer. But
there is some concern that currencies can get out of balance and
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
26
that will have a significant impact on trade. Would you agree with
that?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well——
Senator COBURN. There was certainly discussion in the press.
Mr. BERNANKE. There was certainly discussion of the issue. The
emerging market economies, which are at full employment in many
cases, are unhappy because low interest rates in the advanced
economies give them a choice they do not like. Either they have to
accept low interest rates, which they feel causes inflation or prob-
lems in their own economy, or, alternatively, they have to raise—
let their exchange rate appreciate, which hurts their export mar-
ket. So they have had some concerns with accommodative mone-
tary policy in advanced economies, in general, but I do not think
Japan really raises a special case, notwithstanding the rhetoric. Of
course, we have not seen what they are going to do yet. I mean,
they have not even officially appointed the new Governor. But, pre-
sumably, what they are going to do is monetary policy aimed at do-
mestic objectives and not specifically at the exchange rate.
Senator COBURN. One final, and you do not have to answer this,
but if you would give me your thoughts. A recent paper, ‘‘Crunch
Time: Fiscal Crises and the Role of Monetary Policy,’’ would you
mind at some point in time giving me your thoughts on that? I
think you have seen that.
Mr. BERNANKE. I will, but I think the main thing I would say is
that—and I want to be very clear—the CBO agrees that the Fed-
eral Reserve’s balance sheet policies are with very high probability
going to be a very significant boom to the taxpayer in terms of re-
turns to the Treasury.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Merkley.
Senator MERKLEY. Thank you, Mr. Chair, and thank you for your
testimony.
I wanted to start with too big to jail. We had the situation with
Hong Kong-Shanghai Bank Corporation, HSBC, where the United
States decided not only not to investigate any individual, but not
to investigate the bank as a whole, related to money laundering or
related to terrorist organizations and drug organizations. It is no
small thing, no small thing. Drug organizations in Northern Mexico
are responsible for 40,000 deaths. Terrorist organizations, obvi-
ously, are a threat to the United States. And the too big to jail
echoes the fact that we still have banks that are so large that we
are concerned about creating any ripples. In this case, it sends a
message, as well, about future behavior. If current behavior, be it
manipulation of the LIBOR rate, which have had fines associated
with it but not criminal prosecutions, I do not believe, or too big
to jail for money laundering, does this not kind of undermine in a
way our international regulatory structure for financial institu-
tions?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, I agree that no individual and no institu-
tion should be exempt from paying for crimes that they commit. On
this particular case, we worked very closely with the Department
of Justice. We cooperated in every possible way to give them infor-
mation. In the end, the company paid a $2 billion fine. If it relates
to the bigger issue you are thinking of, of too big to fail, we also
agree that that is something that really needs to be addressed and
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
27
that many of the parts of Dodd-Frank are intended to address that
and we are pushing those as hard as we can.
Senator MERKLEY. Thank you. And I think it does certainly say
to us we are a long ways from getting there if we are that con-
cerned about any form of shakiness in these large banks.
But there is another aspect of this, too, and that it continues to
tell folks that it is safer to invest, if you will, in large banks than,
say, community banks. A community bank would have been shut
down or at least investigated thoroughly. And in what I see in the
economy in Oregon is often it is the community banks that are will-
ing to lend into the local economies because they understand it bet-
ter. They are more comfortable with it. They understand they may
have relationships to know the competency of any individual com-
panies and so forth. And is this sort of bias kind of counter-
productive to our overall health of our economy?
Mr. BERNANKE. Absolutely. It means the playing field is not
level. It means that there is not market discipline, so there is too
much risk taking. So getting rid of too big to fail is, I think, an in-
credibly important objective and we are working in that direction.
Senator MERKLEY. Thank you. I want to turn now to the fiscal
cliff. We had a drop in GDP in the fourth quarter of last year. Do
you share the view somehow that that was, in part, attributable to
the December 31 fiscal cliff?
Mr. BERNANKE. Only incidentally. One of the factors that hap-
pened to contribute to the fourth quarter was a 22 percent annual
rate drop in defense spending, and it is possible that in anticipa-
tion of the sequester, for example, there may have been some
changes in spending patterns. But, as I said in my remarks, I think
the fourth quarter was really a combination of transitory factors.
I do not think it really signaled any real change in the pace of
growth of the economy. On the other hand, the pace of growth of
the economy remains around 2 percent, which is positive, but it is
not as strong as we would like.
Senator MERKLEY. So now we are looking at the different items
that you mentioned, the debt ceiling, continuing resolution, the se-
quester, which does convey a feeling of lurching from crisis to cri-
sis. We have heard many companies have put substantial money
aside, that they have not reinvested. They have had some very
profitable years. Is this style that we seem to have adopted, of
being unable to get our act together and plan a year at a time, if
you will, in the traditional sense, really kind of shooting ourselves
in the foot?
Mr. BERNANKE. I think so, Senator. We have not been able to
identify with accuracy the quantitative impact of uncertainty about
policy, but we certainly, around the FOMC table, hear many anec-
dotes from businesses about their reluctance to expand or hire,
given that they are not sure what the fiscal situation is going to
be.
Senator MERKLEY. Switching gears, the Volcker Rule, or Volcker
firewall between hedge fund -style activities and banks that take
deposits and make loans, still has not—the rulemaking has not
been completed. We are well past the 2-year mark headed toward
3 years. Does this need to get done so that institutions know what
the appropriate boundaries are and also so that here, we can dem-
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
28
onstrate that we actually have the ability to pass laws and the
rules that go with them and operate as a competent society?
Mr. BERNANKE. We would like to get it done and we have made
a lot of progress on it. The issue at this point is that there really—
the Volcker Rule is really three or four different rules. The CFTC,
the SEC, and the banking agencies each has a Volcker Rule which
applies to the institutions that they supervise and there is a strong
sense that we have that we would be much better served if those
rules were closely coordinated and as close to being identical as
possible. So I think the issues at this point are not the work that
we have done at the Federal Reserve, for example, the issues are
finding agreement and closure among the different agencies who
are working on the rule.
Senator MERKLEY. Thank you.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Heller.
Senator HELLER. Thank you, Mr. Chairman, and Mr. Chairman,
thank you for being here today. I have not had a chance to raise
some questions since 2008 on the Financial Services Committee on
the other side, so it is good to have you in front of me and thanks
for taking time.
Mr. BERNANKE. Sure.
Senator HELLER. You know, we ask a lot of questions a lot of dif-
ferent ways, and I am probably not going to be any different, but
let us give it a shot.
You know, we have not passed a budget around here in 4 years.
Are you optimistic that sometime in your lifetime we may pass an-
other budget around here in Washington, DC? For that matter, let
me ask you another question, and you can answer them together.
Do you think we will ever balance a budget, have a balanced budg-
et in your lifetime?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, I would settle for stabilization of the ratio
of debt-to-GDP, which is a slightly less tough level.
Senator HELLER. It sounds like a ‘‘no.’’
Mr. BERNANKE. I have—you know, it is easy to criticize, but the
politics is very difficult. I understand that there are a lot of very
different views and strongly held views and it is not easy to come
to an agreement. So I do not think Congress is not trying. I know
you are trying, and I hope that you can find the agreement to see
these important objectives.
Senator HELLER. Well, the reason I raise the question, I think
the sequestration issue that we have in front of us on Friday is a
result of our lack of budgeting and effort to budget. I am from Ne-
vada, so if I am putting money down, I am putting $100 down that
sequestration comes and goes on Friday. Then as soon as that oc-
curs, we get into our Budget Committee markups that are sup-
posed to happen on March 11 through the 15th. I am putting an-
other $100 down that that does not happen.
Then we are supposed to bring those bills down to the floor some-
time on March 18, and then March 27, Government funding ex-
pires because we do not budget, and I am arguing that that day
comes and goes and we have a big argument. All I am talking
about is the instability that we have and how difficult does that
make your job?
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
29
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, it makes my job difficult, but it also makes
the economy’s job difficult. Again, as Senator Merkley mentioned,
the uncertainty associated with not knowing how policy is going to
be developed and what tax rates will be and what spending will be
and what programs will be and which contractors will be receiving
funding, et cetera, those are important concerns.
Senator HELLER. And I know your policies are based on mone-
tary policy and also unemployment and employment, and I have to
believe that our indecisiveness and inability to get things done is
causing a lot of consternation.
You made a comment, and you have actually repeated this in
this hearing, that you will continue—I want to go to quantitative
easing, that is your purchasing of these assets—will continue until
substantial improvements in the outlook of the labor market in the
context of price stability. Will you explain to me a little bit more
in depth what that means?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, sure. We are going to be looking at a vari-
ety of variables. We will be looking at payroll employment, is it
strengthening, is it sustainably strengthening? Is the unemploy-
ment rate coming down? So those are indications——
Senator HELLER. Do you have a target?
Mr. BERNANKE. We do not have a specific target. We have given
thresholds for our rate policy. We have not extended those to our
asset purchases, and there are a couple of reasons. One is, as you
mentioned, there are a lot of other things happening in our econ-
omy, like the fiscal issues that you referred to. But in addition, we
are paying very close attention, as a number of you have men-
tioned, to the efficacy and cost of these policies and that makes it
very difficult to say this is the number we are going to achieve.
So we are doing our best to communicate the criteria for action,
but we have not been able to come to a specific number which en-
capsulates both the change in outlook for the labor market and the
assessment of costs and efficacy, which is another part of the deci-
sion process.
Senator HELLER. Do you believe that your asset purchases are
causing any kind of an equity bubble?
Mr. BERNANKE. I do not see much evidence of an equity bubble.
Earnings are very high. As I said, the equity risk premium is above
normal. That is, in other words, equity holders are still being some-
what risk averse in their behavior.
But again, we have a two-part plan. First is to monitor these dif-
ferent asset markets. The second is to try to understand what
would be the implications if we are wrong. What would happen?
Who would be hurt? What would happen to financial institutions?
Would there be broad knock-on effects if, in fact, some particular
asset turned out to be in a bubble? So we are trying to do both of
those things and we do not rule out that if these problems become
sufficiently worrisome, that they would be taken into account in
our monetary policy.
Senator HELLER. Mr. Chairman, thank you.
Mr. Chairman, thank you.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Warren.
Senator WARREN. Thank you, Mr. Chairman, and I also want to
say thank you, Mr. Chairman. This has been my first chance to say
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
30
in public how grateful I am for your help in setting up the con-
sumer agency and how helpful all the people were at the Fed dur-
ing the time of transition of the consumer function, so thank you
very much.
I would like to go to the question about too big to fail, that we
have not gotten rid of it yet, and so now we have a double problem
and that is that the big banks, big at the time that they were
bailed out the first time, have gotten bigger, and at the same time
that investors believe with too big to fail out there that it is safer
to put your money into the big banks and not the little banks, in
effect creating an insurance policy for the big banks, that the Gov-
ernment is creating this insurance policy not there for the small
banks.
And now some economists, including an economist at the IMF,
have started to document exactly how much that subsidy is worth.
Last week, Bloomberg did the math on it and came up with the
number $83 billion that the big banks get in what is essentially a
free insurance policy. They borrow cheaper than the small banks
do.
So I understand that we are all trying to get to the end of too
big to fail, but my question, Mr. Chairman, is, until we do, should
those biggest financial institutions be repaying the American tax-
payer that $83 billion subsidy that they are getting?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, the subsidy is coming because of market
expectations that the Government would bail out these firms if
they failed. Those expectations are incorrect. We have an orderly
liquidation authority. And even in the crisis, in the cases of AIG,
for example, we wiped out the shareholders——
Senator WARREN. Excuse me, Mr. Chairman. You did not wipe
out the shareholders of the largest financial institutions, did you,
the big banks?
Mr. BERNANKE. Because we did not have the tools. Now, we
could.
Senator WARREN. Well, but the——
Mr. BERNANKE. Now we have the tools.
Senator WARNER. Eighty-three billion dollars says that whatever
you are saying, Mr. Chairman, $83 billion says that there really
will be a bailout for the largest financial institutions if they fail.
Mr. BERNANKE. No, that is the expectation of markets, but that
does not mean that we have to do it. I think what we have to do
is solve the problem, Senator. I think we are really in agreement
on this. Too big to fail is not absolute. There are spreads. The cred-
it default swaps say there is some probability of failure. Moody’s
and others have downgraded these firms. They have taken down
some of their Government support ratings, as you know. But we
have a lot more to do, I agree, and I think that is a good debate
to have, but we are in complete agreement that we need to stop
too big to fail.
Senator WARREN. But I do not understand. It is working like an
insurance policy. Ordinary folks pay for homeowners’ insurance.
Ordinary folks pay for car insurance. And these big financial insti-
tutions are getting cheaper borrowing to the tune of $83 billion in
a single year simply because people believe that the Government
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
31
would step in and bail them out. And I am just saying, if they are
getting it, why should they not pay for it?
Mr. BERNANKE. I think we should get rid of it.
Senator WARREN. Well, all right, then I will ask the other ques-
tion. You were here in July and you said that you were—you com-
mended Dodd-Frank for providing a blueprint to get rid of too big
to fail. We have now understood this problem for nearly 5 years.
So when are we going to get rid of too big to fail?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, as we have been discussing, some of these
rules take time to develop. The orderly liquidation authority, I
think we made a lot of progress on that. We have got the living
wills. I think we are moving in the right direction. If additional
steps are needed, then Congress obviously can discuss those. But
we do have a plan and I think it is moving in the right direction.
Senator WARREN. Any idea about when we are going to arrive in
the right direction?
Mr. BERNANKE. It is not a zero, one kind of thing. It is over time
you will see increasing market expectations that these institutions
can fail. And I would make another prediction, and predictions are
always dangerous, that the benefits of being large are going to de-
cline over time, which means that some banks are going to volun-
tarily begin to reduce their size because they are not getting the
benefit that they used to get.
Senator WARREN. I read you on this. I read your predictions on
this in your earlier testimony. But so far, it looks like they are get-
ting $83 billion for staying big.
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, that is one study, Senator. You do not
know whether that is an accurate number or——
Senator WARREN. Well, OK. We will go back and look at it again
if you think there is a problem with it. But does it worry you?
Mr. BERNANKE. Of course. I think this is very important, and we
are putting a lot of effort into this. It is a problem that we have
had for a very long time and I do not think we can solve it imme-
diately, but I assure that, as somebody who has spent a lot of late
nights trying to deal with these problems and the crisis, I would
very much like to have the confidence that we could close down a
large institution without causing damage to the rest of the econ-
omy.
Senator WARREN. Fair enough. I know we are both trying to go
in the same direction. I am just pointing out that in all that space
in between, what is happening is the big banks are getting a ter-
rific break and the little banks are just getting smashed on this.
They are not getting that kind of break, and that has long-term im-
pact for all of the financial system.
Mr. BERNANKE. I agree with you 100 percent.
Senator WARREN. Thank you.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Vitter.
Senator VITTER. Thank you, Mr. Chairman, and thank you, Mr.
Chairman, for being here.
My top concern is actually exactly the same as Ms. Warren’s, and
I think that is a statement in and of itself that there is growing
bipartisan concern across the whole political spectrum about the
fact—I believe it is a fact—that too big to fail is alive and well.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
32
First of all, in terms of the study, Ms. Warren cited the
Bloomberg calculations, but that is clearly not the only thing out
there. There is an FDIC study released in September that con-
cludes that, quote, ‘‘The largest banks do, in fact, pay less for com-
parable deposits. Furthermore, we show that some of the difference
in the cost of funding cannot be attributed to either differences in
balance sheet risk or any non- risk-related factors. The remaining
unexplained risk premium gap is on the order of 45 basis points.
Such a gap is consistent with an economically significant too big to
fail subsidy paid to the largest banks,’’ close quote.
In addition, an IMF working paper has attempted to quantify
this subsidy and it said the subsidy, quote, ‘‘was already sizable,
60 basis points, as of the end of 2007, before the crisis. It increased
to 80 basis points by the end of 2009,’’ close quote.
Then we have the Bloomberg quantification which was working
off that IMF work that was mentioned, and also a Board member,
Daniel Tarullo, who says, quote, ‘‘To the extent that a growing sys-
temic footprint increases perceptions of at least some residual too
big to fail quality in such a firm, notwithstanding the panoply of
measures in Dodd-Frank and our regulations, there may be fund-
ing advantages for the firm which reinforces the impulse to grow,’’
close quote.
So my first point is it is not just one outlier study. Given all of
that, what specifically is in process in terms of regulations or
should be put in process to counteract that, because my concern is
even if this problem is solved 2 years from now, the entire land-
scape of American banking will be different by then, including a lot
of solid smaller firms gone, and I think that is a real loss to our
financial system.
Mr. BERNANKE. There is a three-part plan under Dodd-Frank.
Part number one is to impose costs on large institutions that offset
the benefits they get in the funding markets, for example, capital
surcharges, activity restrictions, liquidity requirements, living
wills, a whole bunch of other things that impose greater cost and
force the largest firms to take into account their systemic footprint.
That is number one.
Number two is the orderly liquidation authority, which we are
working closely with the FDIC and with our foreign counterparts
to figure out how we would take down a large institution without
bringing down the system.
And part three is a whole raft of measures to try to strengthen
the overall financial system so that it would be more credible that
we could take down a large institution without bringing down the
system.
That is sort of the three-part plan. It is working to some extent.
For example, even though U.S. banks are stronger financially than
European banks. Frequently, U.S. banks have wider credit default
swap spreads, indicating a higher probability of actual failure, be-
cause the differences between U.S. and Europe in terms of Govern-
ment—perceived Government support. So that is the process. That
is the plan.
There have been additional ideas, such as, essentially reinstating
Glass-Steagall, separating the commercial banking and investment
banking activities. We are doing that to some extent, for example,
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
33
with the Volcker Rule, but I do not think that Glass-Steagall by
itself really would be all that helpful because, after all, in the cri-
sis, some of the firms that failed were straight investment banks
and some of the firms that were in trouble were straight commer-
cial banks.
So I am open to discussing additional measures, but the plan is
to impose costs on the largest banks to make them internalize their
systemic imprint, to develop a liquidation authority, and to
strengthen the overall system. And over time, that ought to im-
prove the situation, but if it does not, I think we ought to consider
alternative and additional steps.
Senator VITTER. Well, in closing, I would really continue to en-
courage you all doing that now. And again, I think this is a bipar-
tisan concern. I have expressed this concern and several ideas, for
instance, with Senator Brown on the Committee.
The three components you described are understood by the mar-
ket. In my opinion, they have been digested and valued by the mar-
ket and the market still says there is too big to fail. In particular,
I would continue to urge you to revisit higher capital requirements
beyond the marginally higher requirements that you have insti-
tuted so far for megabanks and I would continue to urge you all
to think of alternatives to Basel III, as well, in the same spirit.
Thank you.
Mr. BERNANKE. Thank you, Senator.
Chairman JOHNSON. Senator Manchin.
Senator MANCHIN. Mr. Chairman, thank you.
Chairman Bernanke, thank you for being here.
First of all, when I first came to the Senate 21⁄
2
years ago, I was
in the Armed Services Committee and Admiral Mullins at that
time was asked, what is the greatest threat the United States
faces, and I thought I would hear some military challenge. And he
did not even hesitate by saying that the debt of this Nation is our
greatest threat, and I did not know if you shared that same
thought.
Mr. BERNANKE. It is certainly an important economic risk and I
think it is very important that, over the longer term, that we de-
velop a sustainable fiscal plan, no question about it.
Senator MANCHIN. I mean, his assessment was it was the great-
est threat we faced.
Mr. BERNANKE. I do not know. There are many possible can-
didates for that.
Senator MANCHIN. Also, I know they talked a lot about seques-
tering today, and we were talking back and forth the consequences
if we do and if we do not. The bottom line, sequestering came into
being because in 2011, the summer of 2011, we thought we put a
supercommittee together that had a goal of $1.5 trillion. If they did
not reach that goal, they had a minimum penalty of $1.2 trillion
across the board in defense and nondefense. We voted on that as
a body. Now, we are looking for every way to get out of that, saying
it was too draconian. We should never have done it.
But we did it. And what we were saying is if we do not do it at
all and negate that responsibility and promise of a vote that we
made for the public, what effect would that have on the market?
I know I have heard everything about the effects that it would
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
34
have if we do it. What effects would it have on the market if we
do not do it?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, my recommendation, and, of course, I can
only recommend to you——
Senator MANCHIN. Sure. I agree.
Mr. BERNANKE. ——it is obviously Congress’s decision how to
proceed—is a two-part recommendation. Look at both the short run
and the long run. I think it is true that just canceling the sequester
would not solve the overall problem——
Senator MANCHIN. No——
Mr. BERNANKE. ——which is the long-term fiscal issue. So if you
cut the sequester or delay it, however you modify it——
Senator MANCHIN. Right.
Mr. BERNANKE. ——you ought to compensate for that with, in my
recommendation, by looking at measures that address the longer-
term fiscal concerns, which is what the CBO shows to be the point
where the debt really begins to explode. And that is the trade-off
I would suggest.
Senator MANCHIN. It would be irresponsible for us not to do
something. We have two alternatives, two paths to take here. Ei-
ther fix the financial problems in a longer-term, bigger fix, or do
something with sequestering that we punished ourself basically be-
cause we have been unable as a body to come together. So I think
that was also said. If we are going to do a sequestering, should it
not be done in a more or smarter way to where there is more flexi-
bility?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, as you point out, it was done to be sort of
like Dr. Strangelove——
Senator MANCHIN. Right. Right.
Mr. BERNANKE. ——you know, the bomb that goes off. So obvi-
ously, if you can find a way to, in a bipartisan way, to make it
more effective and better prioritized, that would be a good thing.
Senator MANCHIN. OK.
Mr. BERNANKE. And people disagree on the second point, but
again, what I suggested today is trying to make some tradeoff be-
tween the effects on the near-term recovery and aligning the policy
with the timing. The timing says that you have made progress in
the very near term as far as the budget is concerned. Where the
problem still remains unaddressed is in the longer term. And so it
does not quite match to be doing tough policies today when the real
problem is a somewhat longer-term problem.
Senator MANCHIN. Sure.
Mr. BERNANKE. That is what I am trying to suggest.
Senator MANCHIN. Well, I am just saying that there are a lot of
us concerned about we keep kicking the can down the road, but
that is a whole another conversation.
My final question would be, sir, how big is our national debt?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, there are a lot of different measures of it.
The——
Senator MANCHIN. What would be your explanation of it?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, the basic measure, which is the debt held
by the public, which includes the debt held by the Fed, it is about
$11 trillion——
Senator MANCHIN. Right.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
35
Mr. BERNANKE. ——about 75 or 73 percent of GDP.
Senator MANCHIN. Correct.
Mr. BERNANKE. That does not include, though, for example, so-
called unfunded liabilities, such as the promises that have been
made to future Medicare recipients, for example——
Senator MANCHIN. Well, the average person would understand
that they have a responsibility and their ability to pay back in good
faith. So how much of what is our total national debt that is re-
sponsible by the good faith of this country and the people in this
country?
Mr. BERNANKE. It is currently about $11 trillion.
Senator MANCHIN. OK, but if you had everything when you—our
gross Federal debt?
Mr. BERNANKE. Gross Federal debt includes debt owed by parts
of the Government to other parts of the Government, like the So-
cial Security Trust Fund, for example——
Senator MANCHIN. Responsibilities of Fannie and Freddie?
Mr. BERNANKE. So that is another element. That is guarantees.
That is not direct debt. That is a potential liability. So it is com-
plicated.
Senator MANCHIN. Yes.
Mr. BERNANKE. As I said at the beginning, it is hard to——
Senator MANCHIN. If you looked at all of the——
Mr. BERNANKE. ——get a single number.
Senator MANCHIN. ——the worst case scenario, the faith and full
credit of this country, what would you say it would be?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, I saw the article I think you are referring
to and it included the possibility that——
Senator MANCHIN. Is it accurate?
Mr. BERNANKE. It included the possibility that the Government
would have to pay off every deposit in the United States through
the FDIC——
Senator MANCHIN. Yes.
Mr. BERNANKE. ——which is not a realistic possibility. There are
some alternative measures which are certainly bigger than $11 tril-
lion——
Senator MANCHIN. I think they were saying——
Mr. BERNANKE. ——but I do not have those numbers——
Senator MANCHIN. They said as much as $30 trillion it could be,
total exposure.
Mr. BERNANKE. If you include all of the Medicare and——
Senator MANCHIN. But it is definitely higher than $16 trillion.
Mr. BERNANKE. Yes, I would say that is fair.
Senator MANCHIN. Thank you.
Chairman JOHNSON. There is a vote pending, but does the Sen-
ator from Tennessee care to make a brief——
Senator CORKER. Just one very quick question, and I was inter-
ested—I went back to the office and did not expect to come back,
but listening to the exchange with Senator Warren and Senator
Vitter, it reminded me of—the questioning was Tarullo, who was
in last, who you served with on the Fed Board, and just—he had
mentioned—I asked him about systemic risk, and I know that the
Fed is obviously a member of the FSOC and your goal is to identify
systemic risk and deal with that. And that was much like the an-
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
36
swer that you gave to Senator Warren a minute ago. It is kind of,
we are on this journey.
But I would ask the question. Is there any entity in our country
that if it failed would create systemic risk, and if so, why is that
still the case after the creation of Dodd-Frank? I mean, why have
we not moved more quickly? Why are we taking so long on this
journey? And is there an institution that if it failed would pose sys-
temic risk to our country? And if so, would you identify it?
Mr. BERNANKE. The only answer I can give you is that Dodd-
Frank is a complicated bill. Many of the rules are not——
Senator CORKER. But that piece of it is not very complicated. It
is only about eight words, and so that is not complicated. It is a
directive to you, and you are a big part of this and you came out
a big winner in Dodd-Frank. And I guess I would just ask the ques-
tion, why would you not go ahead and identify that, and if there
is an entity that is in our Nation, if it failed, something that poses
systemic risk, you would know that. Why do we not go ahead and
move to deal with that?
Mr. BERNANKE. Well, the FSOC actually has the authority to
designate nonbank firms that it views as systemic and they come
under the oversight of the Fed.
Senator CORKER. Well, let me ask you, if we have firms, though,
are we going to—is it your thought that under this power that you
have been given, is it your thought that we could continue to have
firms operating in our country that if they failed, they would pose
systemic risk, or are we going to try to mitigate that in some other
way? I would just be curious.
Mr. BERNANKE. The goal of the powers that you gave to the Fed
and other agencies is to, as much as possible, eliminate that prob-
lem over time. Additional steps, I think, would require Congres-
sional action beyond what we have implemented.
Senator CORKER. I do not think so. I am going to follow up with
a letter. I thank you for your testimony——
Mr. BERNANKE. Sure.
Senator CORKER. And I do not think that is the case.
Chairman JOHNSON. Thank you again, Chairman Bernanke, for
your testimony and for being here with us today.
This hearing is adjourned.
[Whereupon, at 12:10 p.m., the hearing was adjourned.]
[Prepared statements, responses to written questions, and addi-
tional material supplied for the record follow:]
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 6633 Sfmt 6633 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
37
PREPARED STATEMENT OF CHAIRMAN TIM JOHNSON
The Committee will come to order.
Today’s hearing is with Chairman Bernanke on the Federal Reserve’s Monetary
Policy Report to Congress. While progress toward maximum employment has been
slow, it has been positive and steady thanks in part to the Fed’s thoughtful and
well-measured monetary actions. Our economy has added private sector jobs for 35
straight months. During that time, over 6 million new jobs have been created, but
we should not sacrifice those gains by slamming on the brakes now.
Without a fix, automatic spending cuts will take effect in just a few days, and
could send our economy into reverse at a time we should continue moving forward
on creating jobs. Projections suggest the sequester will cost us 750,000 jobs this
year. In addition to layoffs for cops, fire fighters, and teachers that could devastate
our communities, these cuts will impact many of our Nation’s most vulnerable citi-
zens including children, seniors, and the disabled. At a time when the U.S. faces
an array of national security threats, the sequester will affect our military readi-
ness.
It is unacceptable that we are lurching from one manufactured crisis to the next,
and Americans have had enough. These fights are bad for the economy and are
making it harder for families to make ends meet.
The steep drops in consumer confidence during the fights over the debt limit and
the fiscal cliff rival the fallout after Lehman Brothers’ failure and 9/11. This has
consequences. If consumers do not spend, businesses will not prosper and hire more
workers. If businesses are not hiring, our economy will not grow. It is that simple.
We must do all we can to restore confidence in not only our financial system, but
also in our ability as a country to tackle long-term challenges in a responsible, bi-
partisan manner. In addition to Congress acting on a deficit reduction plan that is
balanced and promotes job creation, there are things this Committee can do to help
achieve these goals. From rigorous oversight, to confirming well-qualified nominees,
to reauthorizing expiring laws, to reaching consensus on the future of housing fi-
nance, there are steps this Committee can take to promote consumer confidence,
provide businesses clarity to move forward with long-term plans, and strengthen our
economic recovery.
Chairman Bernanke, I look forward to hearing your views as both the Fed and
the Congress pursue policies supporting our Nation’s economic recovery.
PREPARED STATEMENT OF BEN S. BERNANKE
CHAIRMAN, BOARDOFGOVERNORSOFTHEFEDERALRESERVESYSTEM
FEBRUARY26, 2013
Chairman Johnson, Ranking Member Crapo, and other Members of the Com-
mittee, I am pleased to present the Federal Reserve’s Semiannual Monetary Policy
Report. I will begin with a short summary of current economic conditions and then
discuss aspects of monetary and fiscal policy.
Current Economic Conditions
Since I last reported to this Committee in mid-2012, economic activity in the
United States has continued to expand at a moderate if somewhat uneven pace. In
particular, real gross domestic product (GDP) is estimated to have risen at an an-
nual rate of about 3 percent in the third quarter but to have been essentially flat
in the fourth quarter.1 The pause in real GDP growth last quarter does not appear
to reflect a stalling-out of the recovery. Rather, economic activity was temporarily
restrained by weather-related disruptions and by transitory declines in a few vola-
tile categories of spending, even as demand by U.S. households and businesses con-
tinued to expand. Available information suggests that economic growth has picked
up again this year.
Consistent with the moderate pace of economic growth, conditions in the labor
market have been improving gradually. Since July, nonfarm payroll employment
has increased by 175,000 jobs per month on average, and the unemployment rate
declined 0.3 percentage point to 7.9 percent over the same period. Cumulatively, pri-
vate-sector payrolls have now grown by about 6.1 million jobs since their low point
in early 2010, and the unemployment rate has fallen a bit more than 2 percentage
points since its cyclical peak in late 2009. Despite these gains, however, the job mar-
ket remains generally weak, with the unemployment rate well above its longer-run
1Data for the fourth quarter of 2012 from the national income and product accounts reflect
the advance estimate released on January 30, 2013.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
38
normal level. About 4.7 million of the unemployed have been without a job for 6
months or more, and millions more would like full-time employment but are able
to find only part-time work. High unemployment has substantial costs, including not
only the hardship faced by the unemployed and their families, but also the harm
done to the vitality and productive potential of our economy as a whole. Lengthy
periods of unemployment and underemployment can erode workers’ skills and at-
tachment to the labor force or prevent young people from gaining skills and experi-
ence in the first place—developments that could significantly reduce their produc-
tivity and earnings in the longer term. The loss of output and earnings associated
with high unemployment also reduces Government revenues and increases spend-
ing, thereby leading to larger deficits and higher levels of debt.
The recent increase in gasoline prices, which reflects both higher crude oil prices
and wider refining margins, is hitting family budgets. However, overall inflation re-
mains low. Over the second half of 2012, the price index for personal consumption
expenditures rose at an annual rate of 11⁄2 percent, similar to the rate of increase
in the first half of the year. Measures of longer-term inflation expectations have re-
mained in the narrow ranges seen over the past several years. Against this back-
drop, the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) anticipates that inflation over
the medium term likely will run at or below its 2 percent objective.
Monetary Policy
With unemployment well above normal levels and inflation subdued, progress to-
ward the Federal Reserve’s mandated objectives of maximum employment and price
stability has required a highly accommodative monetary policy. Under normal cir-
cumstances, policy accommodation would be provided through reductions in the
FOMC’s target for the Federal funds rate—the interest rate on overnight loans be-
tween banks. However, as this rate has been close to zero since December 2008, the
Federal Reserve has had to use alternative policy tools.
These alternative tools have fallen into two categories. The first is ‘‘forward guid-
ance’’ regarding the FOMC’s anticipated path for the Federal funds rate. Since
longer-term interest rates reflect market expectations for shorter-term rates over
time, our guidance influences longer-term rates and thus supports a stronger recov-
ery. The formulation of this guidance has evolved over time. Between August 2011
and December 2012, the Committee used calendar dates to indicate how long it ex-
pected economic conditions to warrant exceptionally low levels for the Federal funds
rate. At its December 2012 meeting, the FOMC agreed to shift to providing more
explicit guidance on how it expects the policy rate to respond to economic develop-
ments. Specifically, the December postmeeting statement indicated that the current
exceptionally low range for the Federal funds rate ‘‘will be appropriate at least as
long as the unemployment rate remains above 61⁄2 percent, inflation between 1 and
2 years ahead is projected to be no more than a half percentage point above the
Committee’s 2 percent longer-run goal, and longer-term inflation expectations con-
tinue to be well anchored.’’2 An advantage of the new formulation, relative to the
previous date-based guidance, is that it allows market participants and the public
to update their monetary policy expectations more accurately in response to new in-
formation about the economic outlook. The new guidance also serves to underscore
the Committee’s intention to maintain accommodation as long as needed to promote
a stronger economic recovery with stable prices.3
The second type of nontraditional policy tool employed by the FOMC is large-scale
purchases of longer-term securities, which, like our forward guidance, are intended
to support economic growth by putting downward pressure on longer-term interest
rates. The Federal Reserve has engaged in several rounds of such purchases since
late 2008. Last September the FOMC announced that it would purchase agency
mortgage-backed securities at a pace of $40 billion per month, and in December the
Committee stated that, in addition, beginning in January it would purchase longer-
2See, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (2012), ‘‘Federal Reserve Issues
FOMC Statement’’, press release, December 12, www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/mon-
etary/20121212a.htm.
3The numerical values for unemployment and inflation included in the guidance are thresh-
olds, not triggers; that is, depending on economic circumstances at the time, the Committee may
judge that it is not appropriate to begin raising its target for the Federal funds rate as soon
as one or both of the thresholds is reached. The 61⁄2 percent threshold for the unemployment
rate should not be interpreted as the Committee’s longer-term objective for unemployment; be-
cause monetary policy affects the economy with a lag, the first increase in the target for the
funds rate will likely have to occur when the unemployment rate is still above its longer-run
normal level. Likewise, the Committee has not altered its longer-run goal for inflation of 2 per-
cent, and it neither seeks nor expects a persistent increase in inflation above that target.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
39
term Treasury securities at an initial pace of $45 billion per month.4 These addi-
tional purchases of longer-term Treasury securities replace the purchases we were
conducting under our now-completed maturity extension program, which lengthened
the maturity of our securities portfolio without increasing its size. The FOMC has
indicated that it will continue purchases until it observes a substantial improve-
ment in the outlook for the labor market in a context of price stability.
The Committee also stated that in determining the size, pace, and composition of
its asset purchases, it will take appropriate account of their likely efficacy and costs.
In other words, as with all of its policy decisions, the Committee continues to assess
its program of asset purchases within a cost-benefit framework. In the current eco-
nomic environment, the benefits of asset purchases, and of policy accommodation
more generally, are clear: Monetary policy is providing important support to the re-
covery while keeping inflation close to the FOMC’s 2 percent objective. Notably,
keeping longer-term interest rates low has helped spark recovery in the housing
market and led to increased sales and production of automobiles and other durable
goods. By raising employment and household wealth—for example, through higher
home prices—these developments have in turn supported consumer sentiment and
spending.
Highly accommodative monetary policy also has several potential costs and risks,
which the Committee is monitoring closely. For example, if further expansion of the
Federal Reserve’s balance sheet were to undermine public confidence in our ability
to exit smoothly from our accommodative policies at the appropriate time, inflation
expectations could rise, putting the FOMC’s price-stability objective at risk. How-
ever, the Committee remains confident that it has the tools necessary to tighten
monetary policy when the time comes to do so. As I noted, inflation is currently sub-
dued, and inflation expectations appear well anchored; neither the FOMC nor pri-
vate forecasters are projecting the development of significant inflation pressures.
Another potential cost that the Committee takes very seriously is the possibility
that very low interest rates, if maintained for a considerable time, could impair fi-
nancial stability. For example, portfolio managers dissatisfied with low returns may
‘‘reach for yield’’ by taking on more credit risk, duration risk, or leverage. On the
other hand, some risk-taking—such as when an entrepreneur takes out a loan to
start a new business or an existing firm expands capacity—is a necessary element
of a healthy economic recovery. Moreover, although accommodative monetary poli-
cies may increase certain types of risk-taking, in the present circumstances they
also serve in some ways to reduce risk in the system, most importantly by strength-
ening the overall economy, but also by encouraging firms to rely more on longer-
term funding, and by reducing debt service costs for households and businesses. In
any case, the Federal Reserve is responding actively to financial stability concerns
through substantially expanded monitoring of emerging risks in the financial sys-
tem, an approach to the supervision of financial firms that takes a more systemic
perspective, and the ongoing implementation of reforms to make the financial sys-
tem more transparent and resilient. Although a long period of low rates could en-
courage excessive risk-taking, and continued close attention to such developments
is certainly warranted, to this point we do not see the potential costs of the in-
creased risk-taking in some financial markets as outweighing the benefits of pro-
moting a stronger economic recovery and more-rapid job creation.5
Another aspect of the Federal Reserve’s policies that has been discussed is their
implications for the Federal budget. The Federal Reserve earns substantial interest
on the assets it holds in its portfolio, and, other than the amount needed to fund
our cost of operations, all net income is remitted to the Treasury. With the expan-
sion of the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet, yearly remittances have roughly tripled
in recent years, with payments to the Treasury totaling approximately $290 billion
between 2009 and 2012.6 However, if the economy continues to strengthen, as we
anticipate, and policy accommodation is accordingly reduced, these remittances
would likely decline in coming years. Federal Reserve analysis shows that remit-
tances to the Treasury could be quite low for a time in some scenarios, particularly
4See, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (2012), ‘‘Federal Reserve Issues
FOMC Statement’’, press release, September 13, www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/mon-
etary/20120913a.htm; and Board of Governors, ‘‘FOMC Statement’’, December 12, in n. 2.
5The Federal Reserve is also monitoring financial markets to ensure that asset purchases do
not impair their functioning.
6See, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (2013), ‘‘Reserve Bank Income and
Expense Data and Transfers to the Treasury for 2012’’, press release, January 10,
www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/other/20130110a.htm.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
40
if interest rates were to rise quickly.7 However, even in such scenarios, it is highly
likely that average annual remittances over the period affected by the Federal Re-
serve’s purchases will remain higher than the precrisis norm, perhaps substantially
so. Moreover, to the extent that monetary policy promotes growth and job creation,
the resulting reduction in the Federal deficit would dwarf any variation in the Fed-
eral Reserve’s remittances to the Treasury.
Thoughts on Fiscal Policy
Although monetary policy is working to promote a more robust recovery, it cannot
carry the entire burden of ensuring a speedier return to economic health. The econo-
my’s performance both over the near term and in the longer run will depend impor-
tantly on the course of fiscal policy. The challenge for the Congress and the Admin-
istration is to put the Federal budget on a sustainable long-run path that promotes
economic growth and stability without unnecessarily impeding the current recovery.
Significant progress has been made recently toward reducing the Federal budget
deficit over the next few years. The projections released earlier this month by the
Congressional Budget Office (CBO) indicate that, under current law, the Federal
deficit will narrow from 7 percent of GDP last year to 21⁄2 percent in fiscal year
2015.8 As a result, the Federal debt held by the public (including that held by the
Federal Reserve) is projected to remain roughly 75 percent of GDP through much
of the current decade.
However, a substantial portion of the recent progress in lowering the deficit has
been concentrated in near-term budget changes, which, taken together, could create
a significant headwind for the economic recovery. The CBO estimates that deficit-
reduction policies in current law will slow the pace of real GDP growth by about
11⁄2 percentage points this year, relative to what it would have been otherwise. A
significant portion of this effect is related to the automatic spending sequestration
that is scheduled to begin on March 1, which, according to the CBO’s estimates, will
contribute about 0.6 percentage point to the fiscal drag on economic growth this
year. Given the still-moderate underlying pace of economic growth, this additional
near-term burden on the recovery is significant. Moreover, besides having adverse
effects on jobs and incomes, a slower recovery would lead to less actual deficit reduc-
tion in the short run for any given set of fiscal actions.
At the same time, and despite progress in reducing near-term budget deficits, the
difficult process of addressing longer-term fiscal imbalances has only begun. Indeed,
the CBO projects that the Federal deficit and debt as a percentage of GDP will
begin rising again in the latter part of this decade, reflecting in large part the aging
of the population and fast-rising health care costs. To promote economic growth in
the longer term, and to preserve economic and financial stability, fiscal policy mak-
ers will have to put the Federal budget on a sustainable long-run path that first
stabilizes the ratio of Federal debt to GDP and, given the current elevated level of
debt, eventually places that ratio on a downward trajectory. Between 1960 and the
onset of the financial crisis, Federal debt averaged less than 40 percent of GDP.
This relatively low level of debt provided the Nation much-needed flexibility to meet
the economic challenges of the past few years. Replenishing this fiscal capacity will
give future Congresses and Administrations greater scope to deal with unforeseen
events.
To address both the near- and longer-term issues, the Congress and the Adminis-
tration should consider replacing the sharp, frontloaded spending cuts required by
the sequestration with policies that reduce the Federal deficit more gradually in the
near term but more substantially in the longer run. Such an approach could lessen
the near-term fiscal headwinds facing the recovery while more effectively addressing
the longer-term imbalances in the Federal budget.
The sizes of deficits and debt matter, of course, but not all tax and spending pro-
grams are created equal with respect to their effects on the economy. To the great-
est extent possible, in their efforts to achieve sound public finances, fiscal policy
makers should not lose sight of the need for Federal tax and spending policies that
increase incentives to work and save, encourage investments in workforce skills, ad-
vance private capital formation, promote research and development, and provide
necessary and productive public infrastructure. Although economic growth alone
cannot eliminate Federal budget imbalances, in either the short or longer term, a
more rapidly expanding economic pie will ease the difficult choices we face.
7See, Carpenter, Seth B., Jane E. Ihrig, Elizabeth C. Klee, Daniel W. Quinn, and Alexander
H. Boote (2013), ‘‘The Federal Reserve’s Balance Sheet and Earnings: A Primer and Projections’’,
Finance and Economics Discussion Series 2013-01 (Washington: Federal Reserve Board, Janu-
ary), available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/pubs/feds/2013/201301/201301pap.pdf.
8See, Congressional Budget Office (2013), ‘‘The Budget and Economic Outlook: Fiscal Years
2013 to 2023’’ (Washington: CBO, February), available at www.cbo.gov/publication/43907.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
41
RESPONSES TO WRITTEN QUESTIONS OF SENATOR WARREN
FROM BEN S. BERNANKE
Q.1. The United Kingdom has had a Financial Transactions Tax
(FTT), in the form of stamp duty on stock purchases, for more than
300 years. It does not seem to have hindered London’s financial de-
velopment. And now 11 European countries are about to impose a
new FTT of 10 basis points on trading. They say it will discourage
certain kinds of quick in-and-out transactions that benefit traders
but not investors—and pull in about $41B in revenue. Today, there
is widespread belief in this country that a lot of trading activity is
unproductive, and we also have a serious deficit problem. My col-
league Senator Tom Harkin has a bill for a FTT that would be 3
basis points and that the Joint Tax Committee has scored at $350
billion in revenue.
Do you think that this tax would succeed at raising revenue
while making our stock markets less about flash trading and more
about real value investing?
A.1. Existing studies present mixed evidence on the net effect of
FTTs on revenues. A 2011 European Commission working paper
presents evidence that, despite a relatively low tax rate, the U.K.
stamp duty has generated substantial revenue over the last decade.
However, a different academic study found that when Sweden im-
plemented an FTT in the 1980s, the country experienced a net loss
in revenue as investors, in an effort to avoid the tax, moved trades
offshore.
While an FTT likely would discourage high frequency trading in
financial markets that are subject to the tax, studies of the effect
of FTTs on asset market price volatility show mixed results. One
study by staff at the International Monetary Fund found that FTTs
are associated with an increase in volatility, possibly resulting from
lower trading volume and reduced liquidity caused by FTTs. An-
other study of the U.K. stamp tax found no significant effect of the
tax on the volatility of U.K. equity prices, though intermediaries
like broker-dealers are exempt from the U.K. stamp duty (but
would not be under the European FTT). A study by Federal Re-
serve staff of the 2010 U.S. ‘‘flash crash,’’ a day in which U.S. eq-
uity markets exhibited extremely high volatility, found that al-
though high frequency trading did not cause or prevent the ‘‘flash
crash,’’ it did exacerbate volatility on that day.1
Further considerations of the FTT may include its impact on
market efficiency, security valuation, and the cost of capital for cor-
porations. Some academic studies have suggested that if FTTs re-
sult in reduced trading volume and diminished market liquidity,
then they may hamper the price discovery process in financial mar-
kets, so that asset prices are less able to quickly reflect changes in
economic and financial market conditions. Other studies have
found that the implementation of FTTs is associated with lower eq-
uity prices, and thus higher costs of capital for domestic firms,
which may discourage investment.
1Kirilenko, Andrei A., Kyle, Albert S., Samadi, Mehrdad, and Tuzun, Tugkan, ‘‘The Flash
Crash’’, The Impact of High Frequency Trading on an Electronic Market (May 26, 2011). Avail-
able at SSNR: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1686004 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.1686004.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 6602 Sfmt 6602 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
42
Q.2. What do you think the impact will be on the markets of the
FTT taking affect across Europe?
A.2. The impact is very difficult to assess at this stage. The FTT
proposal is still at a relatively early stage, with many important
details yet to be determined, and the details matter to its impact.
Moreover, as noted previously, existing evidence about the impact
of FTTs is inconclusive.
As with any tax, market participants will try to avoid it, and in
the case of trading may try to do so by locating their trading activ-
ity elsewhere in the world. Their ability and willingness to do so
is likely to depend greatly on the details of the tax and on the de-
tails of transaction taxes in other jurisdictions. At the margin,
trading activity is likely to migrate to jurisdictions without such
taxes, especially in the case of over-the-counter trading that does
not require an exchange.
Q.3. It has been exactly a century since Congress designed the Fed
structure that is still to a large extent in place today, and a lot of
people might be surprised to know that bankers get to select the
Class A and Class B boards of directors of the regional Federal Re-
serve banks. That means, of course, that oftentimes they select
themselves. So, for example, when the New York Federal Reserve
Bank played a central role in the 2008 bank bailouts, it had big
bank CEOs on its boards at that time. There are real advantages
of Federal Reserve officials consulting with banks to understand
what is going on, but, at the same time, a lot of people worry about
the influence the biggest banks have on our Government.
Do you think it still makes sense for bank executives to be able
to select Class A and Class B directors at the regional Feds?
A.3. Congress designed the structure of the Federal Reserve Sys-
tem to give it a broad perspective on the economy and on economic
activity in all parts of the Nation and to provide the Reserve
Banks, as the operational arms of the central bank, with banking
experience on their boards of directors. The public–private struc-
ture of a Government agency composed of presidentially appointed
and Senate-confirmed members that oversee 12 banks with stock
ownership and some directors chosen by member banks also al-
lowed Congress to fund the Federal Reserve System with capital
paid-in by member banks rather than the taxpayer. Congress chose
also to include a two-thirds majority of representatives of other
parts of the economy, including representatives from agriculture,
commerce, industry, services, labor, and consumers, including three
nonbankers chosen by the Board of Governors.
The Federal Reserve recognizes the potential conflicts of interest
that could arise from the statutory requirement that the boards of
directors of Reserve Banks be comprised of the presence of bankers
and other private citizens. As a result, the Federal Reserve has
long had policies in place that prevent members of the Reserve
Bank boards of directors (from any class of directors) from partici-
pating in any lending decisions involving the discount window or
an emergency credit facility, having access to confidential super-
visory information, or participating in setting regulatory or super-
visory policies.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 6602 Sfmt 6602 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
43
The GAO, in its Report No. 12-18 regarding Federal Reserve
Bank governance, confirmed that the Federal Reserve has policies
in place that are effective in addressing these conflicts of interest.
The GAO also noted in that report that, in choosing Class C direc-
tors, the Federal Reserve Board makes it a priority to encourage
selection of directors that represent broad and diverse perspectives.
Q.4. What would be the advantages and disadvantages of Congress
taking action to make the regional Fed boards more independent
of the bankers they regulate?
A.4. As explained above, the Federal Reserve has taken important
steps to ensure that the boards of directors of Reserve Banks are
not involved in supervision or regulation of banking entities. More-
over, Congress in the Dodd-Frank Act reinforced these policies by
eliminating the role of Class A directors in the selection of the Re-
serve Bank presidents. The GAO recognized that the Federal Re-
serve Board and Reserve Banks have been sensitive to avoid both
potential and perceived conflicts of interest associated with a statu-
torily mandated governance structure that includes bankers on the
boards of Reserve Banks. For example, the report confirmed that
Reserve Bank directors are not involved in supervision and regula-
tion activities, such as examinations and enforcement actions. The
GAO also confirmed that Reserve Bank directors took no part in
approving loans extended to banks through the discount window or
other emergency liquidity facilities, and that institutions with rep-
resentatives on Reserve Bank boards were not given special treat-
ment at the discount window or at emergency liquidity facilities.
The Federal Reserve Board believes that representation on Re-
serve Bank boards of directors by local bankers, as well as partici-
pants in other aspects of the real economy helps provide a broad
perspective on the economy in various Reserve Bank districts. Re-
ducing this avenue of information would weaken that insight with-
out providing any significant advantage to Federal Reserve super-
vision or regulation of banks.
Q.5. In the wake of Canning v. NLRB, some commentators have
questioned whether CFPB Director Rich Cordray’s recess appoint-
ment in 2011 was a valid use of the President’s executive powers.
While there is abundant evidence that Director Cordray’s appoint-
ment was valid and that assertions to the contrary are based on
flawed legal reasoning, the ongoing assault on the President’s at-
tempts to nominate a Director to the CFPB has nonetheless created
additional anxiety in the marketplace. In particular, some com-
mentators have argued that, if the Director’s recess appointment
was invalid, then the CFPB’s recently issued mortgage rules are
also invalid, and thus various Dodd-Frank default mortgage re-
quirements in Title IV were instead operative as of January 21,
2013. While I disagree strongly with that view, some have ex-
pressed concern that many financial institutions would be out of
compliance with the law if the Dodd-Frank rules are in fact in ef-
fect.
Can you reassure investors or others who are concerned about
mortgage issuers’ potential legal exposure from noncompliance with
the Dodd-Frank automatic rules that the risks are not sufficient to
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 6602 Sfmt 6602 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
44
pose a safety and soundness threat to individual banks or systemic
threat to the economy?
A.5. We expect banking organizations and other entities that are
subject to oversight by the prudential regulators to assess the legal
and other applicable risks in connection with their mortgage lend-
ing activities and to properly manage these risks, which includes
using prudent underwriting standards. It is not clear how courts
might eventually rule in determining whether the Dodd-Frank
Act’s default effective date applies, or the potential liabilities that
might stem from any court decision.
Q.6. What do you believe is the cost to the ongoing uncertainty
about CFPB’s future?
A.6. The Federal Reserve has not conducted any qualitative or
quantitative analysis regarding the cost of any uncertainty about
the CFPB’s future and thus has no estimates as to any such cost.
Q.7. Has the Federal Reserve conducted any analysis regarding the
ongoing cost of uncertainty about CFPB’s future? If so, can you
share it with the Committee?
A.7. Please see response for [Question 6].
RESPONSES TO WRITTEN QUESTIONS OF SENATOR CORKER
FROM BEN S. BERNANKE
Q.1. Are there any individual financial institutions whose failure
would pose a systemic risk to the United States? Are there cur-
rently any financial institutions so large or so complex that their
failure would threaten the financial stability of the United States?
If so, how do you plan to resolve this issue?
A.1. The Dodd-Frank Act contemplates three types of financial in-
stitution whose failure could potentially pose a systemic risk to the
United States. These include bank holding companies with greater
than $50 billion in assets, nonbank financial companies designated
by the Financial Stability Oversight Council (‘‘FSOC’’ or ‘‘Council’’),
and financial market utilities (FMUs) designated by the Council. In
accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has de-
veloped enhanced prudential standards under Section 165 and 166
to reduce the risk posed by the first two of these categories of insti-
tutions, including regular stress tests, capital requirements,
counterparty credit limits, and more. Bank holding companies with
$50 billion or greater in assets have been identified and are subject
to these standards. In addition, the Council has issued a final rule
and interpretive guidance pursuant to which the Council is consid-
ering nonbank financial companies for designation. The Council
also designated eight FMUs under its Dodd-Frank authority, and
those firms are now subject to the enhanced standards issued by
the relevant supervisory agencies, including the Federal Reserve.
As a supervisory agency, the Federal Reserve has also instituted
a merger screen that considers the financial stability implications
of mergers or acquisitions proposed by its largest firms, and, as a
member of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and the
Financial Stability Board, has supported additional capital require-
ments for firms that are found to be systemically important inter-
nationally. While these measures have not eliminated the risk
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 6602 Sfmt 6602 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
45
posed by these firms, measures such as the capital requirements
and surcharges on the largest financial institutions will help to
equalize their cost of funding with other banks and make them
safer so that the risk of their failure is more limited.
RESPONSES TO WRITTEN QUESTIONS OF SENATOR JOHANNS
FROM BEN S. BERNANKE
Q.1. Mr. Chairman, as you know, numerous Senators have weighed
in with the Board of Governors that, in enacting Dodd-Frank, Con-
gress intended to utilize State-risk based capital rules governing
capital for insurance-based SLHCs. As you have heard in your re-
cent appearances before the House Financial Services and Senate
Banking Committees, many of us remain deeply troubled by the
Federal Reserve’s insistence in applying bank-centric standards to
such companies. In particular, Senator Collins has written to you
pointing out that ‘‘it was not Congress’ intent that Federal regu-
lators supplant prudential State-based insurance regulation with a
bank-centric capital regime.’’ In your recent appearance before the
House Financial Services Committee, however, you indicated the
Board of Governors was constrained by the Collins Amendment in
addressing the insurance-banking distinction.
Given that the statute does not preclude utilizing insurance cap-
ital standards to satisfy minimum capital requirements that are
equivalent to Basel standards, and that congressional intent is now
clear on permitting the use of such insurance standards, will the
Board continue to insist that the Collins Amendment mandates the
use of bank-centric standards for insurance-based SLHCs and
grants the Board no flexibility or discretion in this area? If so,
could you provide the legal rationale as to why the Board of Gov-
ernors believes it has no such flexibility and discretion?
A.1. Section 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act, by its terms, requires the
appropriate Federal banking agencies to establish minimum capital
requirements for bank holding companies (BHCs) and savings and
loan holding companies (SLHCs) that ‘‘shall not be less than’’ ‘‘nor
quantitatively lower than’’ the generally applicable capital require-
ments for insured depository institutions. Section 171 does not con-
tain an exception from these requirements for an insurance com-
pany that is a BHC or an SLHC, or for a BHC or an SLHC that
controls an insurance company.
To allow the Board an additional opportunity to consider prudent
approaches to establish capital requirements for SLHCs that en-
gage substantially in insurance activities within the requirements
of the terms of section 171, the Board, on July 2, 2013, determined
to defer application of the new Basel III capital framework to
SLHCs with significant insurance activities (i.e., those with more
than 25 percent of their assets derived from insurance under-
writing activities other than credit insurance) and to SLHCs that
are themselves state regulated insurance companies. After consid-
ering the concerns raised by commenters regarding the proposed
application of the proposed regulatory capital rules to SLHCs with
significant insurance activities, the Board concluded that it would
be appropriate to take additional time to evaluate the appropriate
capital requirements for these companies in light of their business
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 6602 Sfmt 6602 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
46
models and risks. Among other issues, commenters argued that the
final capital rules should take into account insurance company li-
abilities and asset-liability matching practices, the risks associated
with separate accounts, the interaction of consolidated capital re-
quirements with the capital requirements of State insurance regu-
lators, and differences in accounting practices for banks and insur-
ance companies. The Board is carefully considering these issues in
determining how to move forward in developing a capital frame-
work for these SLHCs, consistent with section 171 of the Dodd-
Frank Act.
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 6602 Sfmt 6602 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
47
ADDITIONALMATERIALSUPPLIEDFORTHERECORD
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.10031622
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
Washington, D.c., February 26, 2013
THE PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE
THE SPEAKER OF THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
The Board of Governors is pleased to submit its Monelary Policy Report pursuant to
section 2B of the Federal Reserve Act.
Sincerely,
~f!:::-
48
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.20031622
CONTENTS
Summary ............................................................... .
Part 1
Recent Economic and Financial Developments . 5
Domestic Developments. 5
Financial Developments .................................................. 22
International Developments ............................................... 29
Part 2
Monetary Policy .................... . . ............................ 37
Part 3
Summary of Economic Projections . . .... 43
The Outlook for Economic Activity ......................................... 45
The Outlook for Inflation. . ... 47
Appropriate Monetary Policy .............................................. 52
Uncertainty and Risks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................... 53
Abbreviations ....................... . . .......... 59
List of Boxes
Statement on Longer-Run Goals and Monetary Policy Strategy ........ . 3
Assessing Conditions in the Labor Market. 8
The Federal Reserve's Actions to Foster Financial Stability ......... . . .... JO
An Update on the European Fiscal and Banking Crisis .. . J2
Efficacy and Costs of Large-Scale Asset Purchases .............• . .... 39
Forecast Un certa inty ...................................•. . .... 57
49
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.30031622
SUMMARY
The u.s. economy continued to expand at a gradually over time, as some of the factors
moderate rate, on average, over the second half restraining activity- including restrictive credit
of 2012. The housing recovery appeared 10 for some borrowers, continuing concerns about
gain additional traction, consumer spending the domestic and international economic
rose moderately, and business investment environments, and the ongoing shift to ....- ard
advanced further. Financial conditions eased tighter federal fiscal policy-were thought
over the period but credit remained tight for likely to recede only slowly. Moreover, the
many households and businesses, and concerns Commil1ee judged that the possibility of an
about the course of federal fiscal policy escalation of the financial crisis in Europe and
and the ongoing European situation likely uncenainty about the course of fiscal policy in
restrained private-sector demand. In addition, the United States posed significant downside
total government purchases continued to risks to the outlook for economic activity.
move lower in an environment of budget However, the Committee expected that,
restraint, while export growth was held back with appropriate monetary accommodation,
by slow foreign economic growth. All told, real economic growth would proceed at a moderate
gross domestic product (GDP) is estimated pace, with the unemployment rate gradually
to have increased at an average annual rale declining to ....- ard levels consistent with
of 1Y 2p ercent in the second half of the year, the FOMes dual mandate of maximum
similar to the pace in the first half. employment and price stability. Against
this backdrop, and with long-run inflation
Conditions in the labor market gradually expectations well anchored, the FOMC
improved. Employment increased at an projected that inflation would remain at or
average monthly pace of 175,00J in the below the rate consistent with the Committee's
second half of the year, about the same as in dual mandate.
the first half. The unemployment rate moved
down from 8~ percent last summer to a Accordingly, to promote its objectives,
linle below 8 percent in January. Even so, the FOMC provided additional monetary
the unemployment rate ....- as still well above accommodation during the second half
levels observed prior to the recent recession. of 2012 by both Strengthening its for ....- ard
Moreover, it remained the case that a large guidance regarding the federal funds rate
share of the unemployed had been out of and initiating additional asset purchases. In
work for more than six months, and that a September, the Comminee announced that
significant ponion of the employed had pan it would continue its program to extend the
time jobs because they were unable to find full average maturity of its Treasury holdings and
time employment. Meanwhile, consumer price would begin purchasing additional agency
inflation remained subdued amid stable long guaranteed mortgage-backed securities (MBS)
term inflation expectations and persistent slack at a pace of $40 billion per month. The
in labor markets. Over the second half of the Commil1ee also stated its intention to continue
year, the price index for personal consumption its purchases of agency MBS, undertake
expenditures increased at an annual rate of additional asset purchases, and employ
I \Ii percent. its other policy tools as appropriate until
the outlook for the labor market improves
During the summer and fall, the Federal Open substantially in a context of price stability. The
Market Comminee (FOMC) judged that the Commil1ee agreed that in determining tbe size,
economic recovery would strengthen only pace, and composition of its asset purchases,
50
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.40031622
2 SUMW\RY
it would, as always, take account of the likely broad financial conditions eased over the
efficacy and costs of such purchases. The second half of 2012. Although yields on
Committee also modified its forward guidance nominal Treasury securities rose, on net, yields
regarding the federal funds rate at the on inflation-protected Treasury securities
September meeting, noting that exceptionally declined, and longer-term interest rates
low levels for the federal funds rate were paid by households and firms generally fell.
likely to be warranted at least through mid- Yields on agency MBS and investment-and
2015, longer than had been indicated in speculative-grade corporate bonds touched
previous FOMC statements. Moreover, the record lows, and broad equity price indexes
Committee stated its expectation that a highly rose. Conditions in short-term dollar funding
accommodative stance of monetary policy markets eased over the summer and remained
would remain appropriate for a considerable stable thereafter, and market sentiment tovo>ard
time after the economic recovery strengthens. the banking industry improved. Nonetheless,
credit remained tight for borrowers with lower
In December, the Committee announced credit scores, and borrowing conditions for
that in addition to continuing its purchases small businesses continued to improve more
of agency MBS, it would purchase longer gradually than for large firms.
term Treasury securities, initially at a pace
of $45 billion per month, starting after the At the time of the most recent FOMC
completion at the end of the year of its meeting in January, Committee panicipants
program to extend the maturity of its Treasury S3\\' the economic outlook as little changed
holdings. It also further modified its forward or modestly improved from the time of their
rate guidance, replacing the earlier date-based December meeting, when the most recent
guidance with numerical thresholds for the Summary of Economic Projections (SEP) was
unemployment rate and projected inflation. compiled. (The December SEP is included as
In particular, the Committee indicated that it Part 3 of this reporL) Participants generally
expected the exceptionally low range for the judged that strains in global financial markets
federal funds rate would remain appropriate had eased somewhat, and that the downside
at least as long as the unemployment rate risks to the economic outlook had lessened.
remains above 6Y2 percent, inflation between Under the assumption of appropriate
one and two years ahead is projected 10 be monetary policy- that is, policy consistem
no more than Y2 percentage point above the with the Comminee's Statemem on Longer
Committee's 2 percent longer -run goal, and Run Goals and Monetary Policy Strategy
longer-term inflation expectations continue to (see box)- FOMC participants expected the
be ".ell anchored. economy to expand at a moderate pace, with
the unemployment rate gradually declining
Partly in response to this additional monetary and inflation remaining at or below the
accommodation, as ....e ll as to improved Committee's 2 percem longer-run goal.
sentiment regarding the situation in Europe,
51
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.50031622
MONETARY POLICY R[PORT: FEBRUARY 2013 3
Statement on Longer-Run Goals and Monetary Policy Strategy
As amended effective on January 29, 2013
The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) The maximum level of errployment is largely
is firmly committed to fulfilling its statutory deternined by nonmonetary factors that affect the
mandate from the Congress of promoting maximum structure and dynamics of the laoor market. These
employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term factors may change over time and may not be
intere5t rate;. The Comnittee seeks to explain its directly measurable. Consequently, it would not be
monetary policy decisions to the public as clearly appropriate to specify a fixed goal for errployment;
as possible. Such clarity facilitates well-informed rather, the Corrmittee's policy decisions rTI.Ist be
decisionmaking by households and busine;ses, informed by assessments of the maximum level of
reduces O€ :ononic and financial uncertainty, increases employment, recognizing that such assessments are
the effectiveness 01 monetary policy, and enhance; necessarily uncertain and subject to revision. The
transparency and accountability, which are essential in Committee considers a wide range of indicators
a democratic society. in making these assessments. Information about
Inflation, employment, and long-term interest Committee participants' estimates of the longer-run
rates fluctuate over time in response to economic and normal rates of output )y'(1.vth and unemployment is
financial disturbances. Moroover, monetary policy published four times per year in the FOMC's Summary
actions tend to influence economic activity and prices of Economic Projections. For example, in the most
with a lag. Therefore, the ComniUee's p:lIicy decisions recent projections, fOMC participants' e;timates of the
reflect its longer-run goals, its medium-term outlook, longer-run normal rate of unemployment had a central
and its assessments of the balance of risks, including tendency 01 5.2 percent to 6.0 percent, unchanged
risks to the financial system that could impede the from one year ago but substantially higher than the
attainment of the Committee's goals. corresponding inter.'al sel'eral years earlier.
The inflation rate over the longer run is primarily In setting monetary policy, the Committee seeks
deternined by monetary policy, and hence the to mitigate deviatiorJS of inflation from its longer-
Committee has the ability to specify a longer-run run goal and deviations of empjoyment from the
goal for inflation. The Committee judges that inflation Committee's assessments of its maximum level. These
at the rate of 2 percent, as measured by the annual objectives are generally complementary. However,
change in the price index for personal consurrption under circumstances in which the Committee judges
expenditures, is most consistent over the longer that the objO€ :til'eS are not complementary, it follows
run with the Federal Reserve's statutory mandate. a balanced approach in promoting them, taking
Communicating this inflation goal clearly to the into account the magnitude c4 the deviations and
public helps keep longer-term inflation expectations the potentially different tim: horizons over which
firmy anchored, thereby fostering price stability employment and inflation are projected to return to
and moderate long-term interest rates and enhancing levels judged consistent with its mandate.
the Committee's ability to promote maximum The Conrnittee intends to reaffirm these principles
employment in the face of significant economic and to make adjustments as appropriate at its annual
disturbances. organizational meeting each January.
52
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.60031622
5
PART 1
RECENT ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
Real gross domestic product (COP) increased at a moderate annual rate of I V2 percent, on average,
in the second half of 20 12 -similar to the rale of increase in the first half-as various headwinds
continued 10 restrain grolVth. Financial conditions eased over the second half in response to the
additional monetary accommodation provided by the Federal Open Markel Committee (FOMe)
and to improved sentiment regarding the crisis in Europe. However, credit availability remained light
for many households and businesses. In addition, declines in real government purchases continued
/0 weigh on economic activity, as did household and business concerns aboullhe economic
outlook, while \veak foreign demand restrained exports. In/his environment, conditions in the labor
market continued 10 improve gradually but remained \veak. At a little under 8 percent in January,
the unemployment rale was still lvell above levels prevailing prior to the recent recession. Inflation
remained subdued at the end of last year, Ivith consumer prices rising at about a 1V 2 percent annual
rate in the second half, and measures of longer-run inflation expectations remained in the narrow
ranges seen over the past several years
Domestic Developments
GOP increased moderately but continued
to be restrained by various headwinds
Real GOP is estimated to have increased
at an annual rate of 3 percent in the third
quarter but to have been essentially flat in the
OIange in rcal gross dOOlestic product, 2006-12
fourth, as economic activity was temporarily
restrained by weather-related disruptions and
declines in some erratic categories of spending,
including inventory investmem and federal
defense spending.l On average, real GOP
expanded at an annual rate of 1Y 2 percent in -II I i " l ' ir;
the second half of 2012, similar to the pace of
increase in the first half of the year (figure 1).
I
The housing recovery gained additional
traction, consumer spending continued to - ,
increase moderately, and business iIwestment
rose further. Hov."f\"er, a severe drought
11 11
in much of the country held down farm 200Ii 1001 200& 2009 2010 2011 21112
production, and disruptions from Hurricane ..N.O.ll : Hm on<l in subseque::l flglJmo, =<pt. no:ed, chc:g, for. g;'e::
Sandy also likely held back economic activity ""':00 i,,,,,,..,,,..,;! to ... f,::oI gUM« Ihn th, ft:al <rartor ofth'JI",,,,rli:lc
somewhat in the fourth quarter. More SoolcE DopIrtmec.lofCcm......c',BurnuofEc.,.""" Acaly>i~
fundamentally, some of the same factors
that restrained grov.'1h in the first half of last
year likely continued to weigh on activity.
Although financial conditions continued to
I. Data for the fourth quarter of 2012 from the
national income and product acoowlts reflect the ad\'ance
estimate released on January 30, 2013.
53
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.70031622
6 PART 1: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
2. Net change in pa}roll employment, 2006-13 improve overall, the financial system has not
fully recovered from the financial crisis, and
banks remained cautious in their lending to
many housebolds and businesses. In particular,
-
- ,~.,
restricted financing for home mongages
and new-home construction projects, along
,., with the depressing effects on bousing
-
demand of an uncenain outlook for bouse
- "" prices and jobs, kept the level of activity in
the housing sector well below longer-run
- oro
.., norms. Budgetary pressures at all levels of
-
government also continued to ..v eigh on GDP
1 I I I I I I I I I I growth. Moreover, businesses and households
lOO6 W07 :!llO> ltlO9 2010 ))11 2012 2013 remained C{)ncerned about many aspects of
)0' N "1 O >1 ' ) ll , : 2 0 1 1 11 3 < data .... thffl,·"""lth movi::g tm1ll\" t:JI ,rt<:>i tlwugh the economic environment, including the
Soula: Deparunetil. ofLcb<r, Bure", ofLebor SlItisti". uncertain course of u.s. fiscal policy al the
turn of the year as well as the still-worrisome
1 Civilian l.lI1employment rate, 1979-2013 European situation and the slow recovery
more generally.
--------------------------~~~
The labor market improved somewhat,
-n
but the unemployment rate remained
high
In this economic environment, firms increased
their workforces moderately. Over the second
half of last year, nonfarm payroll employment
rose an average of about 175,0IXl per month,
similar to the average increase in the first
half (figure 2). These job gains helped lo ....- er
11111111"11"111"11111111111" 11111 I
1~1 1989 1997 ;!OOS 2013 the unemployment rate from 8.2 percent in
NO'll; 11I<dalaottm<r:lhIy ..d all!ndthroughJan""Y2013 the second quaner of last year to 7.9 percent
Soula: Depan:nclofLtbor, Bureau ofLcb<r Stati01ic •. in January (figure 3). Nen:rtheless, the
unemployment rate remained much higher
4. Loog·tenn Ullemployed, 1979-21)13 than it was prior to the recent recession,
____________________________- ".d and long-term unemployment continued to
be widespread. In the fourth quarter, about
40 percent of the unemployed had been out
of work for more than six months (figure 4).
- ~ Moreover, the proportion of workers
employed part time because they were unable
to find full-time work remained elevated. Some
of the increase in the unemploymem rate since
the beginning of the recem recession could
- w reflect structural changes in the labor market
such as a greater mismatch bet ....- een the types
1 "1]1"11" 11"111111]1" 11"1]1" " 1 of jobs that are open and the skills of workers
19&1 19&9 t997 200S 201l
available to fill them- that would reduce the
NO'll: 111< data ott lDOllthlym!e=d1lJrou&!l )""UL"y 20tl. 11I<..no.
sl:0WlI i. th. ~. of total ~Ioyed pe:'SOllO who have b=. maximum sustainable level of employment.
~l S o o y o o tt c E l f D < q r la 2 rt 7 m w tn . 1 . " of " L ' e ' b ' o ' r ' , ' B ureou O(LIbor Sail1;"" Ho ....- e'·er, most of the economic analysis
54
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.80031622
MONfTARY POLICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2(lt3 7
on this subject suggests that the bulk of the
increase in unemployment probably reflects a
deficiency in labor demand.l As a result, the
unemployment rate likely remains well above
levels consistent .....i th maximum sustainable
employment.
As described in the box "Assessing Conditions
in the Labor Market," the unemployment
rate appears to be a very good indicator of
labor market conditions. That said, other
indicators also provide important perspectives
on the health of the labor market, and the
most accurate assessment of labor market
conditions can be obtained by combining the
signals from many such indicators. Aside from
the decline in the unemployment rate, probably
the most important other pieces of evidence
corroborating the gradual improvement in
labor market conditions over the second half
of last year were the gains in nonfarm payrolls
noted earlier and the slight net reduction in 5. Mmures of change ill hourly compensation,
initial claims for unemployment insurance. 2002-12
Restrained by the ongoing v.eak conditions
in the labor market, labor compensation
has increased slowly. The employment COSt -,
index for private industry workers, which
encompasses both wages and the cost 10
employers of providing benefits, increased
only 2 percent over the 12 months of 2012,
similar to the rate of gain since 2010 (figure 5). - ,
Similarly, nominal compensation per hour
in the nonfarm business sector~a measure
deri\'ed from the labor compensation data in II I I 1 1 I I I I 1
2002 2001 2006 21m 2010 2012
the national income and product accounts
(NIPA)~increased 2Y:z percent over the four IrJ N .in O . . li: . ~ T c h l e w ," > , t to . .. i ,. . . O q V u f o ! m t t f y o o u : r xI q o o; t tc t < t I m < ; llh f r " o , u ! ¢ h 2 e 0 " 1 " 2 , : O ~ > . y r m " e , m " « " > "" J " I , . "
quarters of 2012, well below average increases , i . n : d .o e : x te ( r E . n CI) , , n " -x . f , a . r . n . i. ~ w ... !h e ~ 1 " 2 " m , o I nt a hs ! < . n . < to !q m i . l . l , t 1 h 1 e l V Ia 'm sI . . m ... o m o , t h " " o " { " . " .. f . ~ h
imtil:llions, wi """,,,hol.U. The ot.cto< ~ by 11:. EO u...:! W II th,
2. See, for example, Mary C. Daly, Bart Hobijn, II< S In o W m m e < I : r .a o m .p. . . . - . t m O e « n to t r o p { lu lJ s O : O lO r : , : . B p 1 : l o U f~ I I i . : u : a o i { tu lJ li O o O ns r . stotistil"S
Ay~giil $ahin, and Robert G. Valletta (2012), "A
Search and Matching Approach to Labor Market;;:
Did the Natural Rate of Unemployment Rise?» ]Oiuna!
of Economic PerspeCfi~es, \"01. 26 (Swllmer), pp. 3-26;
Michael W. L. E1;by, Bart Hobijn, A}"~giil $allin, and
Robert G. Valletta (2011), "The Laoor Market in the
Great Recession-An Update to September 2011,"
Brookings Papers on Economic AClirilY, Fall, pp. 353-71;
alld Jesse Rothstein (2012), "The Labor Market Four
Yearn into the Crisis: Assessing Structural Explanatioos,»
lLRReriew, \"01. 65 (July), pp. 467-500.
55
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.90031622
8 PART 1: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
Assessing Conditions in the Labor Market
No single statistic can prol'ide a complete picture generally a reliable indicator of the overall state 01 the
of a labor market as large and diverse as that in businesscycle.2
the United States. The evidence suggests that the Of course, the unefllJloyment rate does not, by
unemployment rate is probably the most useful itself, provide a cOfllJlete and fully accurate portrait
single summary indicator of labor market conditions. of labor market conditions. As with most iro:!icators,
However, other indicators, prominently including but the unemployrrent rate is subject to sampling and
not limited to nonfarm payroll employment, provide other measurement errors, so month-to-month
imjXIrtant additional infOfmation. movements should be interpreted with some caution.
The unemployment rate is intended to measure Even over longer periods, the unefllJloyment rate
the extent of the most obvious, and arguably the may not always characterize the situation in the labor
most important, problem in a slack labor market: the market altogether accurately. for example, if many
inability of some people who are looking for work to unemplo)'ed indil'iduals cease looking for work (aro:!
find acceptable jobs. The unemployment rate is also so are no longer counted as unemployed) because
well correlated with, and representative of, a broad set they have become discouraged about their job
of labor market indicators that portray many aspects prospects, the measured unemployment rate could
of the job market. This relationship is demonstrated decline even if the del1l3nd for labor has not improved.
in iigure A, which plots the detrended unemployment Also, the unemployment rate may not always move
rate along with the first principal component from in step with other types of underemployment, such as
a lactor rrodel of labor market indicators described
in a paper by Barnes and others.' In addition, other
2. fOf two ex3lll'les, seeCharlesA. fleischrn.lo aod
research suggests that the unemployment rate is John M. Roberts (2011), "From Many Series, One Cycle:
Illl'rOYE'd E,timatl>S 01 the Business Cycle lrom a Muttivariate
Uocbserved COI"JllOnent5 Model: fil\.loceand Ecooomics
1. The first prirocipal COfIlIO!leru is a sUlllllilry ~tistic Discussion Series 2011-46 (Washing\l)n: Boord of
that captures thecommon llDI'emellt among a IIlrie!y of Governors 01 the federal ReserVE' S)'51enl, October), WWW.
indicators. See Michelle Sa,r.es, Ryan Chahrour, GiOI\lnni ledf'lalreserve.govlpoos/ledsI20 l1f2011461201146pap,
Olivei, and Gaoyan Tang(2007), "A Priocipal ConpHlents jldf; and Jf'lenl)' J. Nalewaik (2011), "Fore.-;asting Recessioos
Aw'OiIrn w Estimating Lalxx Market Pressure and Its Using Stall Speeds: Finanre and Economics Diso,J!O,ioo
Illl'lications 100Inllation," Public Policy Briefs 07-2 (Boston: Series 2011-24 (Washingwn: Boord of Govf'lrlOlS oftne
fedf'lal Res<>I\'E' Bank of Boston, Decerrber), www.bostooled. fedf'lal Res<>I\'E'Systt>m. April), www.federalres<>l\'E'.govl\JlbsI
orglecorromiclprbnOO7Ippb071.pdf fooj/2011nOI1241201124pap.pd!.
A. Detrended unemploymwl rate and principal component, 1%7-2012
- 1
,
-
,
-
-1
,., ,.,
'm "" "" '"' "" ,00> 2012
N<m: The ~d tar. i::dra porio<l:l-ofbulil:rll-="-I»n .. "'fi...,d b)' 0):, Notional BuJ"u of&<l:tllO".io R"",,,,cll
Sooo.a;: r,dmt~,Bcl.{_'T1ff
56
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.01031622
MONfTARY POliCY REPORT: FEBRUARY Xlt3 9
persons working part time because they cannot find and provide information about some specifiC aspects
full-time jobs. For this reason, broader measures of 01 the labor market.
labor underulilization, such as the Bureau of labor One set of useful supplementary indicators consists
Statistics' (BlS) U-4, U-S, and U-6 rates, can be useful 01 measures of job losses and hiring. These measures
supplements to the standard unemployment rate. These describe the large gross flows of workers in and out of
measures include the number of discouraged workers employment that underlie the net changes reflected
and part· time workers who are unable to find a full· in the unemployment rate and payroll employment.
time job, and they are derived from the same survey For exal"lllle, the improvements in the employment
of households as is the offICial unel"lllloyment rate situation thus far during the current recovery have
(figure B). been driven fOOre by reductions in job losses than
Other than the unemployment rate, payroll by increases in hiring. A second set d indicators, the
employment as measured in the BlS survey of rate of job vacancies and measures 01 firms' hiring
establishments may be the most uselullabor market plans, may be informatil'e about the sustainability
indicator. A decline in the unemployment rate that 01 any increase in hiring. Quit rates, a third set, are
is accompanied by a roughly prOfXlrtionate increase useful because workers hal'e, historically, been much
in payroll employment is rll:)re likely to truly rellect more likely to quit their jobs when they perceive or
improvement in the labor market. Of course, payroll anticipate a strong labor market. In addition, surveys of
employment is also an impenect measure, and on consumers and businesses provide information about
some occasions the initial estimates of payrolls have the perceptions d a large number of individuals about
been revised to show a substantially different picture labor market conditions. As with the unemployment
than they originally did. Therefore, it can be useful to rate and payroll employment, these other indicators
also look at a I\.uiety 01 other labor market indicators. have, lor the most part, improved considerably during
These indicators may be less brood·based than either the economic recovery but remain substantially
the unemployment rate or payroll employment, weaker than would normally be associated with a
but--<;olloctil'ely-they may reduce the uncertainty healthy labor market.
surrounding the message from the primary measures
B, Measures of labor underutilization, 2001-13
-p~----------~--,---------~-
Uoli _ 16
- "
- 10
,.,
,-tl
l
I I
'"" '"" ;00; "'" W" 2011
1 d w l l l o < l N t r c l k I o o I . p o n . I r 0 . > : 0 " f 0 n : , M ' • d . • , p " 0 " < m 1 , 1 !k " m . < o u : t " h ~ " m e " a I l r l " a i g " b s i ' o c n f r o > : J o t f y l o I ) a ' r l t . g D e t t . t d : c ! w . l w , o , . , " , o d , t , l ! : D \ k d 0 a : t W ! ! t n o ~ o r o t , ". t . : . . I . ," . > . . . . l I a i f b , m . r b . u c a I r o t r r y . t { l . I 2 o l . l 0 r ) ' " J ' 1 " 'f ; , I I . ! o o k U o l . - 1 ti 4 l o l D l g " : o ! " f f " h c o ' a b C r . . t . : w . . I " a o ~ L b r O o k , t 2 b fo l t I O t l f < ." S o t " l : p " l . l ' t i j m p o t i h o b p ' y Y m m td < b m P t I I l . i ~ ' . m p . _ ." . . a IO : > g n f i o n 1 l a 2 j 1 o : l m y b M s o w :n . o _ I : I . b I U . t a U d v r o " t a li , , i ot l h " " :eo ' ' ' > J ' lsa I W f b ' , f . o . e C r' t ( h \ " o o m ' r l l r l : . o t . . f u u ~ l n h . · e s , a m I t . m . p l ., u I . ) o . " ' y f " o t . r . d t r . t p t c b l< ~ l U M a J U
i m c a d rg i< .. n .. U p y e r O io Il < I l c I l 0 x 1 d " " w "' " '', , < k $ m $ = p m ~ i O 1O l :a l 1 . . . . . d , p m !o O y < M 'd b p y a: l 1 h t e i " N .. . " ; f O o: I l < at C a « w I" . " , , . k , , o . f . E o o w rl n ~ o " tn . r J R 'f ts I . = .,c t h o f lobo: 10"" ph,. all ....." 'P»UyOl""btd wO!\;m. n., L':ad<d In:<
~ ~,ofl.aM:.BIttl'.,ofL>borSta:ii!iot.
57
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.11031622
10 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
of close 10 4 percent in the years prior to the
recent recession. As a result of these modest
gains, nominal compensation has increased
only about as fast as consumer prices over the
recovery.
Inflation remained low ...
Consumer price inflation was low over the
Change in the chain-type: price index for pc:rsonal
cons\DllptiOil expenditures, 2006-12 second half of 2012. With considerable slack
in labor markets and limited increases in labor
________________________c 'c-'
coSts, relatively stable prices for commodities
and impons, and well-anchored longer-term
inflation expectations, prices for personal
consumption expenditures (peE) increased
-1 at an annual rate of 1Y :z percent in the second
-1 half of the year, similar to the rate of increase
- , in the first half (figure 6). Excluding food and
energy prices, consumer prices increased only
I percent in the second half of the year, down
,
- from 2 percent in the first half. A deceleration
I I I I in prices of imported goods likely contributed
200Ii 2001 1008 2009 1010 1011 lj)11 to the low rate of inflation seen in the second
NOli: The elm.,.. """,thtymi exIeod th:"uahDmmber lOt!; cha:ig. . half, though price increases for non-energy
.,.. So f o r 1 o c " ! " :: " ' D Y tp W or " tm " tn ~' l " o fCOJll:Ilmt, SurtauofEcona:n", Analysi~ services were also low.
As noted, gains in labor compensation have
7. a.angeinQ\l1pl~perho\lr,'9_l.8__2012 been subdued given the weak conditions in
labor markets, and unit labor costs-which
measure the extent to which compensation
. rises in excess of productivity- have increased
very little over the recovery. That said,
- compensation per hour rose more rapidly
last year, and productivity gro\\'th, which
- 1
has averaged IY l percent per year over the
- 1
- , recovery, was relatively low (figure 7). As a
result, unit labor costs rose 2 percent in 2012,
, v.-ell above average increases earlier in the
-
recovery.
I I I I I I I I I
t94S- 1974_ 19096- 200t_ 2008 2010 2012
73 95 2000 07 Global oil prices rose in early 2012 but
Ncm N<mfama bu>io ....._ . Chor.g. for each multiyear pniod i. subsequently gave up those gains and remained
"...,.=1 to the fou:lh qua:tcT ofth. fmat )_ o,the pciod from the ,o::nh
qUtrttr ofth, yw i:n.. ... dia ..1 y """ediq t/:.pniod. about fiat through the laler pan of the year
SoolC]t o.par.-«Labor, Burt"" ofLabot swistil'S (figure 8). Developments related to Iran,
including a tightening embargo on Iranian oil
exports, likely put upward pressure on prices,
but these pressures were apparently offset
by continued concerns about weak global
demand. However, in recent v.-eeks, global oil
58
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.21031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 11
prices have increased in restxlnse to generally S. Prices of oil and oonfuel cO!IUIIodities, 2003-13
positive demand indicators from China and
some reductions in Saudi production. Partly D<_~-IOO [101 ... ",,_
in response to this rise, retail gasoline prices, ,. - -140
which changed lillie, on net, over 2012, have
moved up appreciably. 140 - - 120
- '0.0.
Nonfuel commodity prices have remained 120 _
relatively flat over the past year despite
significant movements in the prices of a few '00 _ •
specific commodities. Of particular interest,
prices for com and soybeans eased some over 00 - '"
the fall after having risen sharply during the ! I I I
200& 2009 U)]O 20ll 2012 WI)
summer as the scale of the drought at1"ecting
G m i u v c e h n o th f i t s h e e a U sin n g it e a d n d S t t a h t e e s s m be a c ll a m sh e a r a e p p o a f r g en ra t i . n o oi r ~ N . " . c " " m , ' m : ! h o T e l h " l o a " s d " t " . o o " b t " s a " e . r , . r . i V o m l s ti a o o i l s ! l h i ! l s I y l l l h . e i T a : h v d o e a r o o i o l g p l o r 4 i f S c o e r p F is r t i I m b h n e a w r 1 y p y · O c u t 1 n p - : 2 r n ic I o , e d 2 i o I ! l y l l B l p . t " r T i " h « ! . s c p r ~ u r d i« .
<'Xttndothrrugh.la::t!ary201J
costs in the retail price of food, the effect of Sruus:: For oil, Ihe CIIIII:lIOdiIy RtSN<"h BlIrtal!; r", nontu..1
the drought on U.S. consumer food prices is ~ilios, l:!omoIional Monetoryfund.
likely to be modest: Consumer food prices
rose at an annual rate of 2 percent in the
fourth quarter following increases of less than
1 percent in the middle of last year.
In line with these flat overall commodity
prices, as well as earlier dollar appreciation,
prices for imported goods excluding oil were
about unchanged on average over the last fi\"e
months of 2012 and the early part of 2013 .
. , . and longer-term inflation
expectations stayed in their historical
range
9. Median innation expectations, 2001-13
Survey measures of longer-term inflation
expectations have changed lillIe, on net, since
- ,
last summer. Median expected inflation over
the next 5 to 10 years, as reported in the - ,
Thomson ReuterslUniversity of Michigan M;"hipnlUM")"eq>t&tiom
Surveys of Consumers, was 3 percent in rOf=:lSto 10
"'"
early February, within the narrow range of -~
the past 10 years (figure 9). In the Survey of -,
Professional Forecasters, conducted by the ~ f"",wIO)"..,. - ,
Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, the
median expectation for the increase in the
price index for PeE over the next 10 years I! [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ ! I 1 I 1
was 2 percent in the first quarter of this 2001 2003 2005 2001 2009 2011 20ll
year, similar to its level in recent years. A Ncm: Tho Mid:igon '""0)" ""ta .... monthly and .xtend from January
2001 w.".:gh. prdimi::ary ..~ mate fOf Fdm!a:)" lOll. 11>: SPF data ....
measure of 5-year inflation compensation quaJ'''''iyar.i ....t ndfIO.:Il 2007:Q1 throughlO13:QI
derh"ed from nominal and inflation-protected and S r S o u r r u Y :J e : } ' T .f 1 P x r Im oc < . o . o . R i o " n ' a t l = F lU .,. n .. . i. . . . 1 . : c " " i o l y (S . P f ! M '). ;"hipn S\ll"W")'"SofC""'''''' ....
59
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.31031622
12 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
10. rnflatiOll compensation, 2004---[3 Treasury securities has increased 55 basis
points since the end of June, while a similar
-----------------------=~ measure of inflation compensation for the
- , period 5 to 10 years ahead has increased about
- , 30 basis points; both measures are within their
, respective ranges observed in the several years
- before the recent financial crisis (figure 10).
- ,
While the increases in these measures could
reflect changes in market participants'
- , expectations of future inflation, they may
, also ha\'e been affected by improved investor
-
risk sentiment and an associated reduction in
I I .I. 1 .. 01 .I. 1 ... 1 .I. 11101 01 I demand for the relatively greater liquidity of
20()~ 2007 2009 2011 2013 nominal Treasury securities
Ncm;: Tho data ate we<l:Iy 1Vm&" of d&iIy dall ond OXleruilMough
f o e n b n t o = m y in a t5 l . r ! r O .& l S l. " 'Y [" n I« o 1 ti l o r o i ti C .. U I o lp ru " I ". . T .: rt i a o s u u r io y ! b d e 1 < at li i f o l'= n-p « :ol b "' o W tw t " et " l " y " ie t l i d . s . Consumer spending continued to
( n T om IP ; S ;> ) ! « T , r ~ ea " su a ry b . l . e . .- m .m at t u i r . i . t i l . I ~ d b a o s n e< · ! o lI n d y i o el / d r·t h cu e- n r r u n n f T it I te P d S . t o 1 o 1 l : f :. - lh j e . - Y -nm '" increase moderately
"'. ... ",. . io O<!j\l<led fer lb. <'if"" of iodao,onlags
Soowi: F..r..I Roserve &:ik .fN"", YOlk; Bacclays; F,clmI R.SCTV< Turning to some important components
Boord .... ff.OIiroate1. of final demand, real PCE increased at a
moderate annual rate of 2 percent over the
11 Change in real pmonal CO!lSIDDptiOll expenditures and second half of 2012, similar to the rate of
disposable personal incoox:, 2006-12
increase in the first half (figure 11). Household
v..e alth- buoyed by increases in house prices
• o C C h la a n n & & < < i i n n r r e e a > l l P D C P B ] -. a h n al d f e o q f u t i h ty e v ye a a lu r e a s n - d m p o r v o e v d id e u d p s o o v m er e t s h u e p s p e o c r o t n d
for consumer spending (figure 12). In addition,
for those households with access to credit,
low interest rates spurred spending on motor
IJ vehicles and other consumer durables, which
increased at an annual rate of 11 percent over
the second half of last year. But increases in
real wages and salaries were modest over the
second half of the year, and overall grol,l:th in
I I
2006 2007 !008 2009 20]0 2011 2012 consumer spending continued to be held back
by concerns about the economic outlook and
N01t: Th!dall .. quarttrlyondexle!<!Ihrout!t2012:QoI
Scmci: DepanmetiI ofC=~ .. Bu. ...u ofEe"""",,, ArooIysiL limited access to credit for some households.
After rising earlier in the year, consumer
sentiment- which reflects household views
on their own financial situations as well as
broader economic conditions-fell back at the
end of the year and stood well below Ionger
run norms (figure 13).
Real disposable personal income (DPI) rose at
an annual rate of 3Y2p ercent over the second
half of 2012. HOI,I,'Cvcf, much of this increase
was a result of unusually large increases in
dividends and employee bonuses, as many
firms apparently shifted income disbursements
60
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.41031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 13
into 2012 in anticipation of an increase in 12. Weahh-to-income mlio, 1989-2012
marginal ta.x rates for high-income households
______________________
at the beginning of this year. Excluding these -C~o
special payments, real DP! is estimated to
-,
have increased at a modest annual rate of
1Y . percent over the second half of the year,
similar to the average pace of increase over
the recovery. The surge in dividend and bonus
payments also led the personal saving rate to
jump from 3.8 percent in the second quarter
to 4.7 percent in the fourth quarter (figure 14). -,
In their absence, the saving rate would have
likely been [il1[e changed over the second half 1 I I I I I I I I , I I I I , I I I I I I I I I " I
of the year. 1992 1996 2000 2000: ~ 2012
NOl"I: The c!ala.,. qUIMIy and =d Ihrough 2012:QJ. Th • .....,.;,
Households continue to pay down debt
lh
S
'
o
r
o
l
m
I
i
i
:
>
F
o
o
f
r
h
n
~
o
l
t
J
"
n
m
o
I
t
h
"
,
.
F
. :
od
t
m
b
J
! l
P
l
.o
~
."
.
"
p
"
m
B
o
o
n
a
1
rrl
l
,
"n"o.".."
o
'
f
"
f .J>ld1 <!ota; for
and gain access to credit inro:l>o, Dc-partm",\ <Ie.""",.,..,., B::r<"" ofEoo::o:n;; Alla~~;,
13. Consumer sentiment indexes, 1999-2013
Household debt- the sum of mortgage
and consumer debt-edged down further
in the third quarter of 2012 as a continued
contraction in mortgage debt more than offset
a solid expansion in consumer credit. With
the reduction in household debt, [ow levels
'00
of most interest rates, and modest income
growth, the household debt service ratio
the ratio of required principal and interest
pa}wents on outstanding household debt to
DPI-decreased further and, at the end of the
third quarter, stood at a level last seen in 1983
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
(figc.re 15).
2001 2001 2001 2010 2~lJ
Consumer credit expanded at an annual and N o ,> n . : : : t l> T d h o I : h r C o , u ,: g If h < , J . I ., ! . I ; . . 2 B 0 . 1 .. 1 .- . d T d h . o Ia , M il ;; l h ll . o ; s . u d r ! v l e l y 1 0 d 0 o la i:a , i t n 9 d 8 t 5 " , , I d I" < ,, , m 1 O 0 t 0 it h " ly '
rate of about 5Y. percent in the second half 19 S 6 o 6, o 1 t. I a "< ;; ! Il T O h tI e Ih Iy C a o n :l d fm .lI : < >e II e d t & II a ro r u d z h a . n ! d " < T I. h ., o i: : w n' y ''" F e R b ! . I 1 lI 0 < 1 r 3 S I a U ti. n 'D i,· I . ! , e .il . y "f
of 2012. Nonrevolvingcredit (mostly auto Mi.;:hip:l Surv<),ofCo=m.
loans and student loans), which accounts for
14. Personals3vingmle,1989-2012
about two-thirds of total consumer credit
outstanding, drove the increase. Revolving
consumer credit (primarily credit card -.
lending) was about flat on net. Overall, the
increase in nonrevolving consumer credit is
consistent with banks' recent responses to the
Senior Loan Officer Opinion Sun'eY on Bank
Lending Practices (SLOOS), which indicated
that demand had strengthened and standards
eased, on net, for auto loans (figure \6).l
3. The S100S is 2I'ailable on the Federal Reser..-e I1 111 11111 11111 11111 111111
Board's website at www.federaJresen·e.glJlilboarddocsl 1992 1996 2000 2000 200> 2012
SnLoanSuney. NOli: Thed>ru ..e qU1rt<r1y and<':ln!\luDugh2Q12:Ql
Saru::r;: Dc-partmon,ofC""""",,,,,. Bumn"fEcOtl""'" A<.o~'is
61
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.51031622
14 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
15 HQllSehold debt service, 1980 21)12 Changes in interest rates on consumer loans
v,ere mixed over the second half of 2012.
Interest rates on auto loans declined a bit, as
did most measures of the spreads of rates on
these loans over yields on Treasury securities
of comparable maturity. Interest rates on
-B credit card debt quoted by banks generally
declined slightly, while rates observed in credit
-B card offer mailings continued 10 increase.
The housing market recovery gained
-H
traction ...
' 11I111111I111111I111111I1111111111 I The housing market has continued to recover.
19&0 1984 1~&8 1992 19% 2000 2004 2008 2012
Ncm: 1M <!ata .:. quonaty and <Xttnd!hrrugh 2011:03. Debt 'eM"" Housing starts, sales of new and existing
poy:n<w """,iot or nWio:oi .." ,~oi pa)n><:rts QtI outN:l!iug~. homes, and builder and realtor sentiment all
an S d o o o " . " a , c u I : : n e F r . d ~ e a b o t l . R. ....... Boord, '1Imaehold D<bl Servk< m! FiI=oial increased over the second half of last year,
Qblig,ti""" Rati ..; .~ti$ti"" .. I<>$<. and residential investment rose at an annual
rate of nearly 15 percent. Combined, single·
16 Change in standards and demand for alrto loons., family and multifamily housing starts rose
21)11 12 from an average annual rate of 740,CKXl in the
)1,,1"""" second quaner of last year to 9C(),OOO in the
fourth quarter (figure 17). Activity increased
most noticeably in the smaller multifamily
sector -where starts have nearly reached pre·
recession lewis- as demand for new housing
has apparently shifted toward smaller rental
units and away from larger, typically owner·
occupied single·family units.
- w
... as mortgage interest rates reached
record lows and house prices rose ...
I I
Ql Q2 OJ Q4 01 Q2 QJ 0' Mortgage interest rates declined to
2011 2012
historically low levels toward the end of
NCf1I: lkdatamfro:n''''"''"Y!'''''''Iy<:<ltl<!::,ted4Unospo!"yeor;
tho Iut obsorudion j. fro::n d:. Jan. 2011 "'"""Y, wl'.icll '"""" 2012:Q4 20l2- importantly reflecting Federal Reserve
; & ti.g : "l h ::". o . 'i . u" n g o s o r r q . n ~ o I en . s > th " e " "DO'''t' 'I p l e '' r '' u n o t < : o nW f o l u r f v " e , y e O d 11 t b o a I : " k " s " , t h o a v t e r r e p tb o a r te,d.. .~t policy actions-making housing quite
affordable for households v,~th good credit
Soo1a: Fedaal R. ...... Board, S<nior Loon Oill ... O(Rtlion Surv<y"
BODklr..JlitlgPtu!m ratings (figure 18). However, the spread
between mortgage rates and yields on agency·
guaranteed mortgage·backed securities (M13S)
remained elevated by historical standards.
This unusually wide spread probably reflects
still-elevated risk aversion and some capacity
constraints among mortgage originators.
Overall, refinance activity increased briskly
om the second half of 20l2- though it was
still less than might have been expected, given
the level of interest rates- while the pace of
mortgage applications for home purchases
62
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.61031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 15
remained sluggish (figure 19). Recent responses 17 Private housing starts, 1999-2013
to the SLOOS indicate that banks' lending
standards for residential mortgage loans were
little changed over the second half of 2012.
- 1.8
House prices., as measured by several national
indexes, continued to increase in the second - l.4
half of 2012. For example, the Core Logic
repeal-sales index rose 3~ percent (nol an - l.0
annual rate) over the lasl six months of
the year 10 reach ils highest le\'el since late - ,
2008 (figure 20). This recent improvement
notwithstanding, this measure of house prices I! , ! ! I ! I ' , , ! , t ! ,
remained 27 percent below its peak in early 1m 2001 ))(IJ 2005 2007 2009 2011 20ll
2006. NOll: Th. data .,. <I>lIlthly anda:el:d Ihrou&b )."ua:y2013.
Soo.acI: [)eponrnontmC"""""",., Bum.u<ith< C=u
... but the level of new construction
18. Mortgage intmst rates., 1995-2013
remained low, and mortgage
delinquencies remained elevated
Despite the improvements seen over the second
half of 2012, housing starts remained well
below the 1960-2000 average of 1.5 million
per year, as concerns about the job market
and tight mortgage credit for less-credit
worthy households continued to restrain
demand for housing. In addition, although the
number of vacant homes for sale has declined -,
significantly, the stock of vacant homes held
otT the market remained quite elevated. Once I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I I I I I
1!I'll 1998 ))(11 201.).: 2007 2010
put on the market, this "shadow" inventory,
which likely includes many bank-owned ... N " c " m ,,1 : r I; l ; b t!l t 1 < d ' a O ta I , I J " O 'h - i ) o 'tI !! l" L Il . I . O . : . I ~ 8 . I1 t & dy < a ' n . d rom! thmJgb. FeImwy lG, lOt;,
properties., may redirect some demand a\vay $(mo. r.&r.lHo:uo[.oo.nMOItglgtCo.:p"":I.ion
from new homes and toward attractively priced 19. Mortgage Bankers Association purchase and refinance
existing homes. With home values depressed indexes, 19%-2013
and unemployment still high, measures of
M.-:I>'~'91".1-'OO _'~'990-1QO
late-stage mortgage delinquency, such as
the im·entory of properties in foreclosure, ;00 - - 10,00:1
remained elevated, keeping high the risk of ..,
homes transitioning to vacant bank-owned - ,,00
properties (figure 21). '00 - ,oro
Growth of business investment has '00 - , ', , o , r , o
slowed since earlier in the recovery
'00 -
After increasing at double-digit rates in 2010
and 20 II, business expenditures on equipment
1111!!!!!!IIIIIIII!!I!!!1 I
and software (E&S) decelerated in 2012 1992 1995 1m 2001 201.).: lim 2010 201l
(figure 22). Pent-up demand for capital goods, Ncm: Th: data, w~"h II< ..l ><Ially O<!r~w, .", I f"""· ...... k movin,
an important contribulor to earlier increases avmte and rom! ~ Fdnwy 15, 2013.
SOOlCl!. M<r.glll.&tik<:-sAssoci.tiOll-
63
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.71031622
16 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
20 Prices of existing single-family houses, 2002-1.2. in E&S spending, has likely diminished as
the recovery has aged. In addition, concerns
----------------------~ ~. about possible threats to economic growth
and stability from U.S. fiscal policy and the
situation in Europe may have contributed
to soft investment spending in the middle
of last year. As a result, despite a pickup
in the pace of gains toward the end of the
year, E&S investment increased at an annual
S&P,C ...· Sh'" .. rate of 5 percem in the second half of the
2O.",ty i:>!ox
year, similar to the first-half pace. As for
business investment in structures, a sustained
I I I ' 00' I I , .,. I I, ., I I 2 012 I I r r e a c te o s v , e t r ig y h h t a c s r e y d et i t to fo t r a n k e e w h o co ld n , s a tr s u h c i t g io h n v , acancy
"" N "" O o T l i i : u T d h . e . d t a b ll t m i l t J . l " O ' : " :'. h is l y 1 a 0 n 0 d . = B c o ! t i h n 1 u 0 .. 1 C 01 _ 1 L : > Q g o i : < . E ~ ach i i n o d < o kx x h a a n s d b t « h n e and low prices for commercial real estate
FHF A ""'" inobl. puro .... tt=aclioru only_ The S&PiCu.·ShiU", iode:< (eRE) are still hampering investment in new
r< S I- o .. I . . r ru u : o E l : l u F m . ' . .- C Ie o :: : & -d t . h og . i . < l , e > C tm _L IJ o a g C i t c i" ; " " ( i " II s f d 1 e I t F tc A < , l ll F lO .d lr m O I p O H i o it u a s o ill L j . ; . F .. W . ce buildings. However, in the drilling and mining
A~"''Y; for S&PiCaOI!.shilkr, Sa!>lanI & Poo!'~ sector, elevated oil prices and new drilling
technologies have kept investment in structures
21. Current prinx: mortgages becoming delinquent at a relatively high leveL
and foreclosure inventory, 2000-12
r..-,l·_ _ _ Inventory investment remained at a moderate
le\'el in the second half of last year, as limited
15 _ gro\,\'1h in final sales and the uncertain
1.4 _ economic environment continued to limit
IJ - firms' incentives to accumulate inventories.
12- -15 Census Bureau measures of book-value
l.l- inventorY-lo-sales ratios, as well as SUf\'eys
1...0. - -1.0 of private inventory satisfaction and plans,
- generally suggest that stocks were fairly well
- ,
aligned with sales at the end of 2012.
,-
Corporate earnings growth slowed, but
2(1(10 2002 !(!O.! 2006 lllOO 2010 2011 firms' balance sheets remained strong
NO'!!! Thedmf"lli:nelD<l:lg.,..l>e«tDi:l,:do6"""""tmlllO:ltl:!yand
"",-"", thrO'.:gh n",.".,.,. 2012 The data rqmstnl tho pettentage <i: After having risen 6 percent over the firSI half
m
&'I
o
io
:
q
\
\
i
l<
Ii
ll
"
\ "
th
,h
Il
m
t
o
rI
n
Im
\h
i
.
ti wn .! M
dlT
n
l
b
fo
e
r
i :l
f
c
w
C
"
I
l
I
w
ITe
..
::
,
l
.
t
"
o
, V
b
<
e
ll
i
t
o
o
g
: y
.
.
1
. .
1 .
q
.
u
.1
s r t
3
m
0
y
d a
a
)
n
--
d
.
of 2012, aggregate operating earnings per
" rt " C ,- < " S " . , i o t n b . ro . u d ! e h f m 2 < 0 d 1 b 1 y :Q th J e . N T a h t e i .., s . h 1 a B d . t d .. . b .u o n o fB c : l < ii: w O o le :n i , , .. R .. . ; c .. w .. . o h r . busi:l<oi share for S&P 500 firms were about Bat on a
s.oo.c.; For ptirD!-OI<rtgag1S, LPS App6"" k.!Iyti. .; for f"""I0._ seasonally adjusted basis in the second half
inVttlcry, F!:danl R...,.. Boord IW1 ,olculatiol:s lw!:d on <Iota !Mn
MOIIpg' &Ilk.,. A.ooeiolion. of 2012, held down, in part, by weak demand
from Europe and some emerging market
economies (EMEs). However, Ihe ratio of
corporate profits to gross national product in
the second half of 2012 hovered around its
historical high, and cash Bow remained solid.
In addition, the ratio of liquid assets to total
assets for nonfinancial corporations was close
to its highest level in more than 20 years, and
the aggregate debt-to-asset ratio remained low
by historical standards (figure 23).
64
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.81031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 17
With corporate credit quality remaining robust 22 Change in real business fixed investment, 2006--[2
and interest rates at historically low levels,
nonfinancial firms continued to raise funds at
a strong pace in the second half of 2012, Bond
issuance by both investment-and speculative
-w
grade nonfinancial firms was extraordinarily
strong, although much of the proceeds from IcI ~IH2-1O
bond issuance appeared to be earmarked for c
the refinancing of existing debt (figure 24). 1 ~ - w
Meanwhile, nonfinancial commercial paper
-w
(CP) outstanding ....' aS about unchanged.
Issuance in the institutional segment of - w
the syndicated le\"eraged loan market 1 I [ 1
accelerated in the second half of the year, 2006 2007 2001 2009 ~IO ~ll 1012
boosted by rapid growth of newly established
collateralized loan obligations. Commercial
23. Financial ratios for nonfinancial cocporations.
and industrial (C&l) loans outstanding at
1990-2012
commercial banking organizations in the
United States continued to expand at a brisk ..C -_____________._._ -_______ ~ . .
pace in the second half of 2012, Moreover, L'quidWOlSov<:<
according to the SLOOS, modest net fractions ;; -
--.l.l
of banks continued to report having eased
their lending standards on C&I loans over the W -
second half of the year, and large net fractions " -
of banks indicated having reduced the spread
- .m
of rates on C&I loans over their cost of funds, " -
largely in response to increased competition D.t.t.,.."
from other banks or nonbank lenders " - tow ....... - .0
(figurd5). 1""""""""""",,1
1992 1996 2000 XII)4 2008 2012
Gross public equity issuance by nonfinancial No,.., n. dall are..""".] thm:gh 1995, quuterly th"",.n.:, and",ttlOl!
firms slowed a bit in the second half of 2012, thrvuch2!l11:QJ.
SooJcE: C."..,.. ..t at.
held down by a moderate pace of initial
public offerings. Meanwhile, data for the 24. Selected cOOlpooents of net fmancing foc noofmancial
third quarter of 2012 indicate that net equity businesses, 2005-12
issuance remained deeply negative, as share
repurchases and cash-financed mergers by
nonfinancial firms remained robust (figure 26). .D"C=":r"t. lI'Oi!lp&p<r
.-W
Borrowing conditions for small . - s & " n " k , l l)&;1$ -w
businesses continued to improve, albeit
more gradually than for large firms - w
Borrowing conditions for small businesses
continued to improve over the second half of - w
2012, but as has been the case in recent years,
the improvement was mOfe gradual than -~
for larger firms. Moreover, the demand for I I 2005 2(106 2001 lOOS ,009 2010 lOll I :o , n I I
credit from small firms apparently remained
subdued. C&I loans with original amounts N Sc o m n c : J; T h F ! r d o .. m to ! f o R r < Ih S < < J ' V '' < '' B p< o l a r : I d < , I ! l l ~ o w .;t c o < f : f p u t n b d o s n d c s la l m l. "!I$():>llty tdj. .t o:d
65
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.91031622
18 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
25 Change in standards and spreads nf1nan rates nvcr of $1m illion or less-a large share of which
banks' cns! nf fimds fm cntruneTCial and industrial likely consist of loans to small businesses
lOOIls, 1991-2012 fose slightly in the second half of 2012, at
about the same rate that prevailed in the
first half. Recent readings from the Survey
of Terms of Business Lending indicate that
the spreads charged by commercial banks
on newly originated C&I loans v.;th original
amounts less than $1 million, while still quite
elevated, continued to decline.4
.... According to surveys conducted by the
National Federation of Independent Business
during the second half of 2012, the fraction of
small businesses with borrowing needs stayed
19'92 1996 2000 2004 2000 2012
low. The net percentage of respondents that
N<YIII: Thod.m"",cI:a""'fm:n."",~yttnmllyoondt!cttdf<llrtimes ptr
2 t y t 0 m p 12 I ; ; I Q m t o h 1 d e , . l E t a ig s " t , h b ~ t tn .. in n t . o . r. f t < aJ P > i I . l " a " f t ' r : d o I/ s m . ' " th t h e in o m 0 J 0 I . I \ D . . i P u o a j < : : y < = 2 p I 0 r u l o d l s '\ fo ItV f,.. t' , ) . ', ~. w ra ! h . b i . :h c 1 l 1 r . o m v t b th m o e t f m ou o n n d th c s r p ed ri i o t r m e o d r g e e d d i u ff p ic , u o l n t t b o a l o a b n t c a e i , n o t v h e a r n t h th is r ee
b m a o :: : k' : s ~ C < T I h O o l o I r h I > 'u d n N d1 I b r a M rs c i l o ll i l l l i, l . l , l t m < 'i l a " i " io o d n I d . o in i d h u . s u tr io ia o l l. I l " " " ", " , " o i v o e n r t ' h " e d p <o a f s ", t ,, 1 ,,- h b m y period, as did the net percentage that expected
theNO!i.o::l.aIllIlfflw.oi~'R". ." ",!t. tighter credit conditions over the next three
&I
S
l
o
k
o J
L
i:'J
e
;;
n
:
d
F
q
"r lrorr.a.:l uR: .,.Il.'t '.', Boord, Sf:lio:r u.n orii"", OpiniM SuMy OJ>
months; both measures remained at relatively
high levels in the January survey.
26. Cnmponents of net equity issuance, 2006-12 Financial conditions in the commercial
real estate sector eased but remained
relatively tight
30
Financial conditions in the eRE sector
continued to ease but remained relatively
tight amid weak fundamentals. According to
the SLOOS, a modest net fraction of banks
reported having eased standards on eRE
- I Public issumc< loans oyer the second half of last year, and
I PriYatoil$"""'o
- I o Rqrnro!w/S ,,. a significant net fraction of banks reported
Mergers and acquisitions increased demand for such loans. Consistent
- _ Total
I I I I I I I with these readings, the multiyear contraction
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 201l 20\2 in banks' holdings of CRE loans continued
NOT>; Net eqJ.ity ;"",noo is the diITmnco b<two." <qcity i'o.Jod by to slow and, indeed, came roughly to a halt
domesli<: eo"",ani .. ill public II" pri ....: . mllk<'.s and equity mimi tbrougb as banks' holdings of CRE loans were about
share "V.crcr...... dom .... i. <:I.1b·Iinanc.d mergm, II" fmtign:aktovtrs of
U.s. rl:!DS. Eq-.:ity iSiS'"""'" i:>::b. .. ftwdo ilI",s:od by prival' <qt:ily flat over the last quarter of 2012. Issuance
partI><:1hil"and ,took "I".ion p:=t<h
SOOAC!:: n.o:."", Rtulers Fm:.:iol, llIvestrn<Il1 8t!>:.h:Ilck RtpOIl; of commercial mortgage-backed securities
I'ricewtt~~ and NotioOll V<Iltc.'< C~ital Al$OOiOlion. (CMBS) continued to increase over the second
M""oyTrt.R<pon.
half of 2012 from the low levels observed in
2011. Nonetheless., the delinquency rate on
loans in CMBS pools remained extremely
4. Data releases for the Survey ofTenns of Business
Lendingare available on the Federal Re:;en'e Board's
website at wwwJedera1reserve.gov/releasesle2ldefault.
him.
66
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.02031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 19
high, as some borrowers with five-year loans
issued in 2007 were unable to refinance upon
the maturity of those loans because of high
loan-to-value ratios. While delinquency
rates for eRE loans at commercial banks
continued to decline, they remained somewhat
elevated, especially for construction and land
development loans.
Budget strains for state and local
governments eased, bul federal purchases
continued 10 decline
Strains on state and local government
budgets appear to have lessened some since
earlier in the recovery. Although federal
grants provided to state governments in the
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act
27 Change in real gOI'erJUIItllt e,;:pendirures
have essentially pbased out, state and local 011 consumption and investment, 2006-12
tax receipts, which have been increasing since
2010, rose moderately further o\'er the second
o
half of last year. Accordingly, after declining fedm.1 - ,
• Stot.l!:ld
at an annual rate of I Viz percent in the first "" - ,
half of last year, real government purchases
at the state and local level changed little in tbe
second half (figure 27). Similarly, employment
levels at states and municipalities, which had •
been declining since 2009, changed little, on
balance, over the second half of last year. - ,
Federal purchases continued to decline over I I I I
the second half of 2012, reflecting ongoing 2006 2007 2008 2IXl9 2010 21111 2011
efforts to reduce the budget deficit and tbe Soo.ruJj: D!partmtntofCom:n""., Bum.u ofEo"",:"i< Analysi~
scaling back of overseas military activities.
As measured in the NIPA, real federal
expenditures on consumption and gross
investment- the part of federal spending
included in the calculation of GDP- fell at
an annual rate of 3Viz percent over the second
half of 2012. Real defense spending fell at an
annual rate of a little over 6 percent, while
nondefense purchases increased al an annual
rate of 2 percent.
The deficit in the federal unified budget
remains high. The budget deficit for fiscal
year 2012 was SI.1 trillion, or 7 percent of
nominal GDP, down from the deficit recorded
in 2011 but still sharply higher than tbe
67
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.12031622
20 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
28 Federnl receipts IlIXI aperxlitures, 1992 2012 deficits recorded prior to the onset of the last
recession. The narrowing of the budget deficit
relative to fiscal 20 II reflected an increase in
ta,\ revenues that largely stemmed from the
gradual increase in economic activity as well
as a decline in spending. Despite the rise in
- n
Rectipts tax revenues, the ratio of federal receipts to
national income, at 16 percent in fiscal 2012,
remained near the low end of the range for
this ratio over the past 60 years (figure 28).
The ratio of federal outlays to GOP declined
but was still high by historical standards, at
I " 111 "' 11 ' '' '' 111''111 I 23 percent. With deficits still large, federal
1992 19915 nJO 200l 2OOl! 101. debt held by the public rose to 73 percent of
( a O n N ! O D f P o T ) r I i : s f = n fo . r - l r t l e : ) . c ' t . a f i o t p : u I t r s ( " O . , . = c d t o o .. b r .. o t , r . . e . t . n h .d r d o i m t u u & ; .. . h io . d S Q q a : J ta r . . a "" r , o b . e . r , ~ . " 1 " : i " f ' . " . d d . < b r u n d . g .t e io l lw ~ i.oru! 5 no p m er i c n e a n l t G ag D e P p o in in t t h s e h f ig o h u e rt r h t h q a u n a r a t t e r t h o e f e 2 n 0 d 1 2 o , f
s.c..tacJ;: Ofil,.ofM.nag,""""tandBudt<!t.
2011 (5gur<29).
29 Federal govcnunent debt heM by the public, 196IJ-2012
Net exports added modestly to real GOP
growth
Real imports of goods and services contracted
at an annual rate of nearly 2 percent over the
second half of 2012, held back by the sluggish
pace of U.S. demand (figure 30). The decline
in imports was fairly broad based across major
trading partners and categories of trade.
Real exports of goods and services also fell at
I 1,II.I,I IIt'll
1
lI
m
lt lltltll,ml!t llltll
1
ll
99
'l
2
I tlllt
2
l
0
'
0
l
2
l llt!tl
2
l
0
l
1
t
2
I a
h
n
a lf
a n
d
n
e
u
s
a
p
l
i te
ra
c
te
o n
o
t
f
i n
a
u
b
e
o
d
u t
e x
2
p
p
a
e
n
r
s
c
i
e
o
n
n
t
i
i
n
n
d
th
e
e
m
s
a
e
n
c
d
o nd
_ N<"I1 . 1: no da!a for dtbt tI:too&h 1011 art 11 of ym.end, and tho from EM&. Exports v.'Cfe dragged down by
C<msp<l:ilin3 vW. f. .. "",. WmtsIr product (GDp) art for Q4 JI II:! a steep falloff in demand from the euro area
all:,,!.''':'' ~"~"""",,!JO.MI~ .. ~:.<>ffedml~
and declining export sales to Japan, consistent
F
So
=
om
.
:
.
:I
I
!
M
: B
""
u
"
r
,,
=
,.. o
o
t
f
S <
Er
,
o
,,
n
,
o
,,
m
..
> :-AllaIY"~ D<partmrllI of tho Treasury.
with weak economic conditions in those areas.
In contrast, exports to Canada remained
30 Change in real imports and exports of goods
essentially flal. Across the major categories
and s-ervices, 2007-12
. of exports, industrial supplies, automoti\'e
products, and agricultural goodscomributed
DI~ to the overall decrease .
Overall, real net exports added an estimated
J - w 0.1 percentage point to real GOP growth in
the second half of 2012, according to the
advance estimate of GOP from the Bureau
of Economic Analysis, but data received
since then suggest a somewhat larger positive
contribution.
I I I I
1JJfJ7 200lI ))1)9 2010 lOll 2012
Soola: Depa!1ml<llofC"""" ..... Bure",.fEronornioAWysiL
68
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00072 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.22031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 21
The nominal trade deficit shrank, on net, 3t US track and currml 3c\:Oll!lt balances, 2004-12
o\'er the second half of 2012, contributing to
the narrowing of the current account deficit
to 2* percent of GOP in the third quarter
,
(figure 3\). The trade deficit as a share of GOP -
,
narrowed substantially in late 2008 and early -
,
2009 when U.S. imports dropped sharply, in -
part reflecting the steep decline in oil prices.
- •
Since then, the lrade deficit as a share of GOP ,
-
has remained close to its 20091e\'el: Although
imports recovered from their earlier drop, - , •
exports strengthened as well. , , -
I! ! ",. I I I I I
The current account deficit in the third '''' 200s 1010 WI>
quarter was financed by strong inflo\\'$ from Non: Th< <!ala.,.. quanerly o:d ex!<":Id !hrou&h2012:QJ for!ht CUIml!
aro>UIl! ond 2012:Q4 for!Ilde. GD? i. groo. Wmc-oti, pro<!::OI.
foreign official institutions and by foreign Soot",: o,.p..-w.n! "'C~B"". .. "of&o""",;" A:>aly>i~
private purchases of Treasury securities
and equities (figure 32). More-recent data 32. US net financial inflows, 200S-l2
suggest continued strong foreign purchases of
Treasury securities and equities in the fourth
quaner of 2012. Consistent with improved o U.S.p:;\*(iodudi:gbcl.irI&) ".,
market sentiment over the third quaner, U.S. • FmiY'P:;\':!!.(indlldintN.ol:t:.g) ...
investors also increased lheir holdings of • • F U m .S i o Y lT ' . 0 d f .1 f" ial ...
foreign assets, as shown in figure 32.
'00
National saving is very low '00
Total U.S. net national saving-that is, the
saving of U.S. households, businesses, and '00
governments, net of depreciation charges '00
remains extremely low by historical standards I I I I
'" 2009 1010 "" 2012
(figure 33). In the third quarter of last year, net
NOli: Th< dJIa art C[IWI<rIy a::d ...." ,nd !hrou&h 2012:Q3. Negative
national saving as a percent of nominal GDP numbon indica'" • babnce of p.)metlts OUIO"... ~ whOII u.s.
w na a t s i o c n lo a s l e s a to v i z n e g r o r . a t T e h o e v r e e r la th ti e v e p a fl s a t tn fe e w ss y o e f a r t s h e • m 0< f 1 i f 1 d " M u io . n r s s . , i : . o : . . n . ~ " ! I n , S . . t . t o , J T ~ " h " m i:t i = O u r t r e , o ' ; m " , ' g g r n . o . t . . ; . . : . . " . " • , " n jr u n o m iu r b w o e a r h o " r . , , . u . f . o · s U r . Io • .s i g f . f t , p , ~ ; r . i ] v o a" t. , " , ~ o i r o t n ·U d n< .S l . , .
reflects the ofTsening efTects of a narrowing ! l h io t I f s . " . · . i i \ g h n l h = eF " < " d 1 m ' I ." R q . u .. i . r . N .. . . . . !.-n f<I-,;Y' "':~ t.cl1 drow on I!><ir...-.p
in the federal budget deficit as a share of Sooru:1: ~"'C"""".r. .. B""'.uofEoono:ni"~I)'>i~
nominal GOP and a downward movement
in the private saving rate. National saving
will likely remain low this year, in light of the
still-large federal budget deficit. A ponion
of the decline in federal savings relative to
pre-recession levels is cyclical and would be
expected to reverse as the economy recovers.
If low levels of national sa'~ng persist over the
longer run, they \\~lllikely be associated \\~th
both low rates of capital formation and heavy
borrowing from abroad, limiting the rise in the
standard of living for U.S. residents over time.
69
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00073 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.32031622
22 PART I: RECENT ECONOMICA ND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
33. Net saving, 1992-2(112 Financial Developments
l'tt:<o,oI_rnp Expectations regarding the future
stance of monetary policy reflected the
additional accommodation provided by
the Federal Open Market Committee ...
In response to the steps taken by the FOMe
to provide additional monetary policy
accommodation over the second half of
2012, market participants pushed out the
date when they expect the federal funds rate
to first rise atxwe its current target range of
I t I ! l9 I ! I I 1 I 9 96 I I I ! I o oo I I I ! I 0 04 I I I !0 I 08 I I ' ! I O I n I ot o ~ percent. In particular, interest rates on
NOlI n. dst.a.,.. """,my o::d ",to<,d ~ 2Il12:Ql N,,::f<:drn.1 overnight index ~aps indicate that investors
,.,..;"gi,Ih.""", ~~m:lnO!bu$io"'I&>ing""" tMIl<'t ..v i:ogof currently anticipate that the effective federal
state and 10<01 l<N<mmelltJ. GDP io VO"1lomt"", product.
SooJa: Depon:n",' "fCOOlIllOTC<, Bum.u "fEcotJ>mi, Anal},>". funds rate will rise above its curremtarget
range around the fourth quarter of 2014,
roughly four quarters later than they expected
34. Interest rates on Treasury securities at selected at the end of June 2012. Meanwhile, the modal
ma.turities, 2004-13
target rate path-the most likely values for
,-
future federal funds rates derived from interest
--., rate options-suggests that investors think
the rate is most likely to remain in its current
I{).~"'''''''''!III range through the first quarter of 2016. In
- ,
~I-~v,,,, addition, recent readings from the Survey
- , of Primary Dealers conducted by the Open
- , Market Desk at the Federal Reserve Bank of
-f~ \, ""w'
New York suggest that market participams
V" expect the Federal Reserve to hold about
-,
, )~ $3.75 trillion of Treasury and agency securities
I I I I at the end of 2014, roughly $1 trillion more
."
'''' '''' '''' "" than was expected in the middle of 2012.1
Nom: n. dati. n daityand exte:od throochFebnwy 21,2011. Trwwy
f u . : r /b .m ti( l l: R .p . r " o " lfl , " • t • td t l .f " ft l < ' > Il o n n ~ · " a n ( d T o I C P f S ·f ) h t . . , r . un . n .. p .. s . '" yield <1m'" frtW. II)' ... and held yields on longer-term
SoulcE Dtpart::IeIl! ~ lb. TmsuI)': BL."Ia)'l; F.r.ml R,,,,,,. Bolrd Treasury securities and agency mortgage
,uff ..! CWe<.
backed securities near historic lows
Yields on nominal and inflation-protected
Treasury securities remained near historic
10. ...' S over the second half of 2012 and
into 2013. Yields on longer-term nominal
Treasury securities rose, on balance, over this
period, while yields on inflation-protected
securities fell (figure 34). These changes likely
5. The Sur;·ey of Primary Dealers is available on
the Federal Reser;·e Balik of New York's website at
www.newyorkfed.org/marketslprimarydealeuumy_
questiolls.html.
70
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00074 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.42031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 1Q13 23
reftectthe effects of additional monetary
accommodation, a substantial improvement
in sentiment regarding the crisis in Europe
that reduced demand for the relative safety
and liquidity of nominal Treasury securities.,
and increases in the prices of key commodities
since the end of June 2012. On balance,
yields on 5-, 10-, and 3D-year nominal
Treasury securities increased roughly 15 basis
points, 30 basis points, and 40 basis points,
respectively, from their levels at the end of
June 2012, while yields on 5-and IO-year
inflation-protected securities decreased
roughly 55 basis points and 15 basis points,
respectively. Treasury auctions generally
continued to be ""'ell received by im'estors, and
the Desk's outright purchases and sales of
Treasury securities did not appear to have a
material adverse effect on liquidity or market
functioning.
Yields on agency MBS were lin Ie changed,
on net, o\·er the second half of 2012 and 35. Current-coupon yield and spread fOf agency
into 2013. They fell sharply following the guaranteed mortgage-backed securities, 2009-13
FOMe's announcement of additional agency '-:,-------------=-
MBS purcbases in September but retraced
o\"er subsequent months. Spreads of yields
on agency MBS over yields on nominal m
Treasury securities narrowed, largely reflecting ,.
the effects of tbe additional monetary -
accommodation (figure 35). The Desk's
outright purcbases of agency MBS did nOI - m
appear to have a material adverse effect on
liquidity or market functioning, although
implied financing rates for some securities in
the MBS dollar roll market declined in the I I I " I " I
Jon July JOil. My Jan. July Jan. kly JOil.
second half of 2012, and tbe Desk responded 2009 ~10 2011 2012 lOll
by postponing senlement of some purchases N<m The do!>. 1ft d>ily and <'Xtrnd throu#t Fobrtwy 21, ~IJ Yiot.!
using dollar rolliransaciions. 6 s w h h o ic w h n • i . s , . C ! o I r I O Ih t o \ p f !. o -b tc o i c . k < M d 1 s t o : 3 u O ri _ ti y . u . r W = l 1 rJd 1 b 1 o O p O i. " : f o lO d O a , t t p h a o r , « o q r > r O ", l . I , r v a a l I t u < a . t
Spreod shown is to tho 0"""3' of tho l·wllQ.y""~T'"""wyyield&
~ !)qwtmom oltho TrtlIS1l/Y; 1latt1a)'S.
6. Dollar roO transactioos consist of a purchase or sale
of agency MRS with the simultaneous agreement to sell
or purchase substantially similar securities on a specified
future date. The Conuuittee dim:ts the Desk to engage in
these transactions as necessary to facilitate settlement of
the federal Reserve's agency MRS purchases.
71
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00075 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.52031622
24 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
36 Spreads ofcOJporate bond yields over comparable Yields on corporate bonds reached record
ofI·tbe·nDJ Treasury yields, by securities rating, lows, and equity prices increased
1997 2013
Yields on in\'estmem-and speculative-grade
bonds reached record 10v.'S in the second
half of 2012 and early 2013, respectively,
partly reflecting the effects of the FOMe's
additional monetary policy accommodation
and increased il1\'estor appetite for bearing
risk. Spreads to comparable-maturity Treasury
securities also narrowed substamially but
remained above the narrowest levels that they
reached prior to the financial crisis (figure 36).
Prices in the secondary market for syndicated
ti t I I I I I I I ! I I ! I I I tit leveraged loans have increased, on balance,
1997 1999 1001 2003 ZOOS 1007 2009 20ll 2013 since the middle of 2012.
NOTt: 1M dIIIa m daily and .xtend through F!bruary 11, 1013. Th.
!p!uds sh""",m th< yiolds on to-ytar bonds 10 .. tit. to-yea< T'"""'Y
) L 'i y o & ! t d c . . r l I u b : o i: c : : d D d ! a :t : i a v . e d fm:n s:nooth.d oO!pO!ll. yidd = <:sing, Me:riIt a B b r o o u ad t 1 e 0 q u p i e ty rc e p n ri t c s e i n in c d e e t x h e e s e h n a d v e o f in J c u r n e e a s 2 e 0 d 1 2,
boosted by the same factors that comributed
37. S&P500index,199'>-2013 10 the narrowing in bond spreads (figure 37).
Nevertheless, the spread between the 12-month
forward earnings-price ratio for the S&P 500
and a long-run real Treasury yield- a rough
jlvY - gauge of the equity risk premium-remained
,~
at the high end of its historical range
(figure 38). Implied volatility for the S&P 500
index, as calculated from option prices, spiked
at times but is currently neaf the bottom end
of the range it has occupied since the onset of
-/ the financial crisis (figure 39).
I I I I " " 1 I I II 1 I I I " " I Conditions in short-term dollar funding
t995 1998 200t 2004 2007 2010 1013 markets improved some in the third
NOTli: Thtdall "" daily ooda:e::dlhnrJgb February 21,201J. quarter and remained stable thereafter
Sovm:: StaI&rd & l'ooI'l
Measures of stress in unsecured dollar funding
markets eased somewhat in the third quarter
of 2012 and remained stable at relatively low
le\'els thereafter, reflecting impro\'ed semimem
regarding the crisis in Europe. For example,
the average maturity of unsecured financial CP
issued by institutions with European parents
increased, on nel, to around the same length
as such CP issued by institutions with U.S.
parents.
Signs of stre~ were largely absent in secured
short-term dollar funding markets. In the
market for repurchase agreements (repos),
72
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00076 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.62031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 25
bid-asked spreads and haircuts for most 38 ReallOf1g·nuJ Treasury yiekl and 12·month forward
collateral types have changed little since the earnings-price ratio for the S&P 500, 1995-2013
middle of 2012. Howen:r, repo rates continued
to edge up over the second half of 2012, likely ------------------------~,--
reflecting in part the financing of the increase -w
in dealers' inventories of shorter-term Treasury
securities that resulted from the maturity
extension program (MEP). Following year
end, repo rates fell back as the MEP came
to an end and the level of reserve balances
began to increase. In asset-backed commercial
paper (ABCP) markets, volumes outstanding
declined a bit for programs with European and
U.S. sponsors, while spreads on ABCPwith 1 1 I 9 '1:S I I 1 1 m 1 1 2 I 0 01 I I 2 I (1 (14 1 I 2 I 0 07 1 I 2 I 0 10 1 I l 1 Ol 1 l 1
European bank sponsors remained slightly
N01I!: Th. data .... IIIOllthly cd ..t end lhrou&!> .ianill:)' 2011. lb<
above those on ABCP with U.S. bank sponsors. "'I"""I<dral y;.ld on 10.1""' fItMIll)' ~ Mfrntd .. tht o(f·tht·"", 10"1""'
Trtuury y;.1d Ie" tbt F<dml R.oerve Bank of Philadtlrtia', IO·ynr
~il:fIolion.
Year-end pressures in short-term funding SWm: S~ &: P(Wli~ Th>:n$<ll) R<U!rn Fin.a:rio1;F<dm.1 R~
B=d; FtdmI R".,... Bank ofPhilodtljrnL
markets were generally modest and roughly
in line with the experiences during other years
since the financial crisis. 39 Implied S&P 500 volatiliry, 1995 2013
Market sentiment toward the banking
industry improved as the profitability of - w
banks increased - ,"
Market sentiment toward the banking -- ,~.
industry improved in the second half of 2012,
reportedly driven in large part by perceptions --,~.
of reduced downside risks stemming from the
European crisis. Equity prices for bank holding -w
companies (BHCs) increased, outpacing -w
the increases in broad equity price indexes, , I I 111 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 I
and BHC credit default swap (CDS) spreads 1m 1998 2001 200< 2007 2010 lOll
declined (figure 40). N01I!: The dato "" weekly aM <'XtrruI througb tht w..o: rn.!i",
F<'bruary 15, 2Il13. Th. w:rits sl»wn--tht VLX_is tbt imp~td )O.doy
wlQilily of tbt S&P 500 0I<>d: I'ri<,< io<!O< .. ,o1cu1l1e1l from , " ..i glmd
The profitability of BHCs increased in the '¥mg' rI. opions Iri:<~
Sool£i: Chi:a&" BoudOp;imIs Exohar!&"
second half of 2012 but continued to run
well below the levels that prevailed before
the financial crisis (figure 41). Measures of
asset quality generally improved further, as
delinquency and charge-otT rates decreased for
almost all major loan categories, although the
recent improvement in delinquency rates for
consumer credit in part reflects a compositional
shift of credit supply toward higber-credit
quality borrowers. Loan loss provisions were
flat at around the slightly elevated levels seen
prior to the crisis., though they continued
\0 be outpaced by charge-otTs. Regulatory
73
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00077 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.72031622
26 PART I: RECENT ECONOMICA ND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
4<l. Spreads 011 credit default swaps for selected capital ratios remained at high levels based
U.S. bankingorganizatioM, 2007-13 on current standards., but the implementation
B_,_
of generally more stringent Basel III capital
requirements will likely lead to some decline in
- '00 reported regulatory capital ratios at the largest
- '" banks. Overall, banks remain well funded
~~
- '00 with deposits., and their reliance on short-term
I - '" wholesale funding stayed near its low levels
ho\ruojJ""""o". ..
seen in re<:em quarters. The expiration of
- '00
~,\ ~ the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation'S
'"
".L v ~ '00 T on ra D ns e a c c e t m io b n e A r 3 cc 1 o , u 20 n 1 t 2 G , d u o a e ra s n n te o e t a p p ro p g ea ra r m to
"
have caused any significant change in the
2001 200& 1009 2010 2011 lOtl 2013 availability of deposit funding for banks.
NO'JII: n.. dA:a 1ft daily ood attnd Ihrou&h FdIruary 21, 2013. M«!ia:I
'f't<Ids fOlIi>; Iq< bonk holdiq ,ornpW<> oed oW< oll:<rbcls. Credit provided by commercial banking
Soolc>;,Ma:kit
organizations in the United Slates increased
in the second half of 2012 at about the same
41. Profitability of bank holding companies, 1997 2012 moderate pace as in the first half of the year.
Core loans- the sum of C&I loans, real
estate loans, and consumer loans-expanded
l.l - modestly, with strong growth in C&I loans
offsetting l,I:eakness in real estate and credit
1.0 -
card loans (figure 42). Banks' holdings of
securities continued to rise moderately overall,
as strong growth in holdings of Treasury and
municipal securities more than offset modest
declines in holdings of agency MBS.
1.0 -
l.l - Despite continued improvements in
I ! I I I I ! I II I I I I I I II I market conditions, risks to the stability of
t!)97 100) »)3 1006 1009 1012 financial markets remain
NOT!' Th. dat>., whiob .,.. """",Dy uljusttd, L.. . qUOrlrny and <l1<::o
tbrou#1012Q4. While conditions in short-term dollar funding
Scoc:i: FodmI R• . .,.... &ord, FR Y-9C, COIISOUo.t<d Fin.o:!oiaJ
S:o.t""",(sfor&:il<Hoidi",C"",,,,,,,i ... markets have improved, these markets remain
vulnerable to potential stresses. Money market
funds (MMFs) han! sharply reduced their
overall exposures to Europe since the middle
of 2011, but prime fund exposures to Europe
continue to be substantial. MMFs also remain
susceptible to the risk of investor runs due
to structural vulnerabilities posed by the
rounding of net asset values and the absence
of loss-absorbing capital.)
7. In November 2012, the Financial Stability O..-eroigbt
CoWlcil proposed reconunendations for structural
refonns of U.S. MMFs to reduce their vulnerability to
runs and mitigate as:!OCiated risks to the financial system.
74
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.82031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 1Q13 27
Dealer firms have reduced their wholesale 42 Change in commercial811d industrial loans and core
short -term funding ratios and have increased loans, 1990-2012
their liquidity butTers in recent years, but
they still heavily rely on wholesale short -term
funding. As a result, they remain susceptible
to swings in market confidence and a possible
resurgence of anxiety regarding counterparty
w
credit risk. Respondents to the Senior Credit
Officer Opinion Survey on Dealer Financing
Terms indicated that credit terms applicable to -w
important classes of counterparties were lillie
changed over the second half of 2012.8 Dealers '"
reported increased demand for funding of -
securitized products and indicated that the use I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
t991 1'194 1!m 2000 1003 2006 100\1 1012
o in f v e fi s n t a m n e c n ia t l t l r e u v s e ts r , a g o e r a R m E o I n T g s, t h ra a d d i n in g c r r e e a a s l e e d s tate !hn N >u O g l b I: :! T 0 h 1 e 2 :Q cl 4 a . , C ., O w f< h i " c " h ' . " ", = ,e s t i I _ <I Q lII f .l ' l O y : a o d : j" q .: , s m t«I l , l . o . : . : . d q i u w or i te u I s ly t r a i n o d l l " _ , . n ., ~ I
somewhat. Hov.'ever, respondents continued ..t ate k>o::s, o.nd 0""'''''''''' k>a:u. Data hove """" adjUJll:d for bo:W"
inl>l<memation Qfe<r!lin ",,=tiog 11lI. dlongt< (i:1'~.Idio& tho Finan..-iol
to note an increase in the amount of resources A"' ... :::!i:1,S~Il<>&nf.Stat""'<C.tiQfFi=iol~ su:.lOO
Noo. 160 aru:l167jandf<Itho.ffe<Uo>flq.nort.clir.stitntion!«>nmliog
and allention devoted to the management toro:n:n~iol DaW O:!IIOT!in3 ..; thl""""",~iol h:lk.
of concentrated exposures 10 Central Soolt::i; F<dmI Rfiervo JkIo.--d, SlItist.,.1 R. ..... H.S, "AWtl aru:l
Liahi~ti .. o>fC"""",mol Bcl:s "' tho U.-.... ed Swos:
counterparties and other financial utilities as
well as, to a smaller extent, dealers and other
financial intermediaries.
With prospective returns on safe assets
remaining low, some financial market
participants appeared willing to take on more
duration and credit risk to boost returns. The
pace of speculative-grade corporate bond
issuance has been rapid in recent months, and
while most of this issuance appears to have
been earmarked for the refinancing of existing
debt, there has also been an increase in debt
to facilitate transactions involving significant
risks. In particular, in bonds issued to finance
private equity transactions, there has been a
reemergence of payment-in-kind options that
permit the issuer to increase the face value of
debt in lieu of a cash interest payment, and
anecdotal reports indicate that bond covenants
are becoming less restricti\'e. Similarly,
issuance of bank loans \0 finance dividend
recapitalization deals as \\'ell as covenant -lite
loans was robust over the second half of the
8. The Senior Credit Officer Opinion Sumy on Dealer
Financing Term;; is available en the Federal Rese!'\'e
Board's website at wwwJederairesen·e.gOllleconresdatal
releaseslscoos.htm.
75
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.92031622
28 PART I: RECENTE CONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
Table I. Selected components of the Federal Resen'e balance sheet, 2012-13
;\li!li"",ofdolJars
~b " . " 22 , " W " B "
T. ..I ....t <" .. 1.9~.149 1.S6S,ms J.Il9Ii.801
Selo:ltJu ..t I
Crodi! e:<~ lori.:ponMl 'Im·r.JJWnJ rM dealen
Primlryortdit... "
107,959 27,059 5.192
Crodi! tx~IOC'!JD".".Wparri~" ,m
Term AoseI·BaobJ Securities Loilo Facilily (TAL!'). ... 7,679 '"
N<I portfolio boidioy ofTALF LLC '" 'OS ~,
itI,i/w'""
S~pon b/ ctiN,,1
N<t portfolio boldi""of Maiden La .. LLC, Maiden La ... II LLC, and Maiden La .. III LLC' .. >0,822 15,031 1,4S1
SmI~""IoddOUlrit;Jt'
U.s,Tr",u'Y9l!Cllrilieo .. . 1,656,581 1,666,530 1,136,456
AlJOIICYdobt...:urit;.., .. . 100,817 91,41 ;4,613
Ayo<y""'rt~"""Bl9l!Clllilieo(MBSJ .... 353,M5 854,9j9 1,031,112
T. ..n ,WiriH '"'"'' 2.811.019 J.{).I1.8W
Selo:"" liabilities
IW:ral RneM AQ(t< ill cimJlatioo ... 1.{I48,00I 1,061,911 1,12l,l2J
Re. ..... rep"rcb""'~.u .. S9,S~ Sl,nJ !n,ll)
o.po
o
.
r
it
.
<
.' b
bo
ib
l.l
: T
bo
t
t
r
d
m
o
d
""
o
"
p
i
o
t"
s
')
i
'
u
i ..t iulli"", .. 1,622,800• 1,491,988• 1,668,381•
U U . . s s , . T T" , ~ u ' , ' u "' 'l Y l , I S : " ' ~ ' p " l " t r r aI u O t < o X l : i < l ) ' "n Y l Finfin<illtA""'""l. ... >6,033• m.m • 40)03•
TOIllcopill1 "'" "'" 5-4.982
n N 1 , i "n t "". " F L S~ e l . d C " m ' . . l , R e ' o o i O " " l " " p " d > . b > I" i u t b l u i 1 li > t l . 0 y . . " M d " e " d . ' . 1 m ,, " d , l i W ' l t o o ' ," n " L ,, L ,1 C u .. . . c . f . < " r m "" o j l U '" ll e p o tl o tO , w lu it t l l " o ,r i r J . , . , " ';" . l , l I " > 'I O 'P rt " g " ' t . l , ! . '· " b ~ « '" h ; 4 ,, " '" ro "" o " o ~ , . . I M " a " i d ,h " e lA US o . . " U " C " ' . , . . . , . k f< ' r d O i le ' d l ' " 0 ' " ~ ' m l t " o ; t " ' " " " p " o ~ n f . o . J . i , o ~ o l o f
, J , u , W ,,! i , d o , l u A iu IO or • A • I I d l .".,n~t . t . " . I - >~ = " I , . " " d ' , ' b ' u ' l , O ' r " o 'I u '"e ~ o' '' " O' ' ''l ~ Y, , ( " A ,, l " a ), Maid" La, m LlC .... formed to pur<l> .....o Iti_r ",It.<mliz<d d.bt oliiptiouoo. ...,io\. Ib, Fi. .o ci~ I'rod""b
~ "'~d" "'I)' MRS purlOb .... "''' ."" ,mb:!
Scola; Fed.,,1 R<""", lloanl,S,,"=!C>I R, • ..., H~ I, "F"" .. A!I;,,"'i R,,,,,,, lIo.1u<to of Dtp«;,'1)' 1. ..." ,_ ..d eo.d.". St~''''''' of Fe4",1 R,,,,,,, 11>,1:0.'
year. (For a discussion of regulatory steps value of Treasury securities and agency MB S
taken related to financial stability, see the held by the Federal Reserve had increased
box "The Federal Reserve's Actions to Foster $70 billion and $178 billion, respectively,
Financial Stability.") since the end of June 2012. The composition
of Treasury securities holdings also changed
over the second half of 2012 as a result
Federal Reserve assets increased, and the
of the continuation of the MEP, which was
average maturity of its Treasury holdings
announced at the June 2012 FOMC meeting.
lengthened, . ,
Under this program, betv.een July and
Total assets of the Federal Reserve increased December, the Desk purchased $267 billion in
to $3,097 billion as of February 20, 2013, Treasury securities \\'ith remaining maturities
$231 billion more than attbe end of of 6 to 30 years and sold or redeemed an
June 2012 (table 1). The increase primarily equal par value of Treasury securities with
reflects growth in Federal Reserve holdings maturities of 3 years or less. As a result, the
of Treasury securities and agency MBS as a average maturity of the Federal Reserve's
result of the purchase programs initiated at the Treasury holdings increased 1.7 years over the
September 2012 and December 2012 FOMC second half of 2012 and into 2013 and, as of
meetings. As of February 20, 2013, the par February 2013, stood at 10.5 years.
76
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.03031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2Ot3 29
· .. while exposure to facilities June 2012, while Federal Reserve notes in
established during the crisis continued to circulation rose $60 billion, reflecting solid
wind down demand botb at home and abroad. M2
bas increased at an annual rate of about
In the second half of 2012, the Federal
8 percent since June 2012. Holdings of M2
Reserve continued to reduce its exposure to
assets, including its largest component, liquid
facilities established during the financial crisis
deposits, remain elevated relative to what
to support specific institutions. The portfolio
would have been expected based on historical
holdings of Maiden Lane LLC and Maiden
relationships with nominal income and
Lane III LLC-entities that were created
interest rates, likely due to investors' continued
during the crisis to acquire certain assets
preference to hold safe and liquid assets.
from The Bear Steams Companies, Inc., and
American International Group, Inc., to avoid
As pan of its ongoing program to ellsure the
the disorderly failures of those institutions
readiness of tools to manage resen'es, the
declined $14 billion to approximately
Federal Reserve conducted a series of small
$1 billion, primarily reflecting the sale of the
value re\·erse repurchase transactions using
remaining securities in Maiden Lane III LLC
all eligible collateral types with its expanded
that was announced in August 2012. These
list of counter parties, as \\'ell as a few small
sales resulted in a net gain of $6.6 billion for
value repurchase agreements with primary
the benefit of the U.S. public. The Federal
dealers. In the same vein, the Federal Reserve
Reserve's loans to Maiden Lane LLC
continued to otTer small-value term deposits
and Maiden Lane III LLC had been fully
through the Term Deposit Facility to provide
repaid, with interest, as of June 2012. Loans
eligible institutions with an opportunity
outstanding under the Term Asset-Backed
to become familiar with term deposit
Securities Loan Facility (TALF) decreased
operations.
$4 billion to under 51 billion because of
prepayments and maturities of TALF loans.
With accumulated fees collected through
International Developments
TALF exceeding the amount of TALF
loans outstanding, the Federal Reserve and Foreign financial market stresses
the Treasury agreed in January to end the abated ...
backstop for TALF provided by the Troubled
Asset Relief Program. Since mid-July, global financial market
conditions ha\·e improved, on balance, in
The improvement in ofTshore U.S. dollar part reflecting reduced fears of a significant
funding markets over the second half of 2012 worsening of the European fiscal and financial
led to a decline in the outstanding amount crisis. Market sentiment was bolstered
of dollars provided through the temporary by a new European Central Bank (ECB)
U.S. dollar liquidity swap arrangements framework for purchases of sovereign debt
with other central banks. As of February 20, known as Outright Monetary Transactions
2013, drav.--s on the liquidity swap lines "'ere (OMT), agreements on continued official
$5 billion, down from $27 billion at the end of sector support for Greece, progress by Spain
June 2012. On December 13, 2012, the Federal in recapitalizing its troubled banks, and some
Resef\'e announced the extension of these steps toward fiscal and financial integration
arrangements through February 1, 2014. in Europe. Nevertheless, financial market
stresses in Europe remained elevated, and
On tbe liability side of the Federal Resen'e's policymakers still face significant challenges
balance sheet, deposits held by depository (see the bo:< "An Update on the European
institutions increased $176 billion since Fiscal and Banking Crisis").
77
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.13031622
30 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
The Federal Reserve's Actions to Foster Financial Stability
The Federal Reserve continued to take actions For example, as mandated by the Dodd-frank Act,
in Ihe second half of 2012 and ea~y 2013 to met€ the nl€v supervisory framework for systemically
its financial stability responsibilities. Although important financial market utilities IFMUs}-that
much remains 10 be done, the Federal Reserve is, lhose entities that provide the infrastructure
has implemented regulatory reforms to streogthen to make payments and clear and settle financial
the U.S. financial system, and it has taken further lransactions-has continued to take shape. In
steps to gather in/ormation from the supervisioo of July 2011, the Financial Stability O:ersight Council
large banks, market reports, and other aonomic IFSOC) designated eight FMUs as systemically
and financial sources to assess threats to financial important and thus subject to enhanced risk·
stability. The Federal Reserve also has continued management standards. On July 30, the Federal
to work closely with its domestic regulatory Reserve Board approved a final rule establishing
counterparts and has taken actions to increase the enhaoced risk.management standards for designated
resilience of the international financial regulatory FMUs supervised by the Federal Reserve. The rule
architature. also establishes processes to review and consult with
the Saurities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and
Regulation theCorrmxlity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC)
on any proposed changes to the rules, Il"ocedures,
A core element of the global regulatory or opetations of certain designated fMUs that could
comrrunity's efforts to improve banking regulation materially affect the nature or 1\€Iei of their risk.
has been the d\€felopment 0/ the Basel III capital The FSOC has also continued to make progress in
reforms. In June lOll, the Federal ReselVe Board and its work to designate systemically important nonbank
the other u.s. banking agencies issued a proposal financial companies for consolidated supetllision by
to amend the u.s. bank capital rules to implement the federal Reserve. Relying primarily 011 data from
these reforms. The Basel III reforms will raise the publicly a\'ailable reports, the fSOC is evaluating
quantity of capital that must be held by u.s. banking the potential systemic importance of a nurrber 0/
firms, improve the quality of regulatory capital 01 nonbank firms that meet the quantitative criteria
those firms, and strengthen the risk.weight framework for a flrst.stage review; to date, it has concluded
of u.s. bank capital rules. that some firms warranted further consideration
Consistent with the requirements of the Dodd and has advanced them to the third and final stage
Frank Wall Street Re/orm and Consumer Protection of the determination process. Meanwhile, the
Act r:i 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act), the Board has International Association 0/ Insuraoce Supetvisors,
also proposed rules to strengthen the oversight 01 under the oversight of the Financial Stability
the U.S. operations 01 foreign banks. Under the Board, has continued to move forward on crafting
Board's Decerrber 2012 proposal, foreign banking a methooology to identify global systemically
organizations (FBOs) with a large U.S. presence important insurers and developing policy measures
would be required to create an intermediate holding that would be applicable to those institutions.
company (IHC) over their U.S. subsidiaries, which In addition, efforts to increase the resilience
would help/acilitate cOllSistent and enhanced of NshadoY.t banking," which refers to credit
supetvision and regulation of the U.S. operations of intermediation that occurs at least partly outside
these/oreign banks. An IHC 01 a foreign bank would of the traditional banking system, are continuing.
be required to meet the same U.S. risk·based capital In November 2012, the FSCX: proposed
and leverage rules as a U.S. bank holding company recommendations for structural reforms of U.S.
(BHC).ln addition, IHCs and the U.S. branches and money market funds to reduce their vulnerability to
agencies of foreign banks lvith a large U.S. presence runs and mitigate associated risks to the financial
would need to meet liquidity requirements simlaI' to system. Another set 0/ reforms has been aimed
those imposed on U.S. BHCs. at the triparty repurchase agreement markets,
Progress in regulato!), reform outside 01 the including efforts by the federal Reserve to reduce
traditional banking sector has been notable as well. the vulnerabilities created by the large amounts of
78
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.23031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 31
inlraday credil provided by clearing wnks in these to work with the SEC and the CfTC to develop
markels.lnlemalional regulalory groups have also and implement effective supervisory practices
been addressing the financial slabilily risks of and techniques for designated fMUs, including
shadow wnking. appropriate information.sharing arrangements and
Federal Reserve participalion in SEC and CfTC
Supervision examinations of designated FMUs.
The Federal Reserve has conlinued to work 10 Monitoring
enDed its superlisory lXactices wilhin a broader
macroprudenlial framework. Annual stress tests. The Federal Reserve has continued to pursue
which assess the internal capilal planning processes an acti\' € program of research and data collection,
and capilal adequacy of Ihe largesl SHCs, conlinue often in conjunclion with other u.s. and foreign
to be an i~rtanl element in its strengthened. regulators and supervisors, and to work on
cross·firm supervisory approach. The latest deo.'eloping a framework and infrastructure for
ComlXehensi\l € Capital Analysis and Review (Co\R monitoring risks to financial stability. It continues
1013), which covers the 18 largest SHCs (and is to regularly monitor a variety of items that measure
being conducted in a modified form for 11 other key financial vulnerabilities, such as leverage,
large SHCs), is IlOW under way. In O::tober 2012, maturity m'smatch, interconnectedness, and
the Soard published final stress·testing rules under complexity of financial institutions, markets, and
the Dodd-frank Act, and it released the economic products. In a context of ad\'f€S € shocks, such
and financial market stress scenarios for CO\R IlUlnerabilities could lead to fire sales and an
1013 in November.' Co\R 2013 results will be adverse feedback loop with credit availability,
released in March of this year. which could, in turn, inflict harm on the real
The Federal Reserve has also been working economy.
to impro\l € the resolvability of the largest, most The Federal Reserve pays special attention
cOITfllex banking firm;. The Dodd-frank Act to de\ll€opments at the largest, most complex
created the Orderly Liquidation Authority (OLA) to financial firms, using both information gathered
improve the prospects for an orderly liquidalion of through supervision and indicators 01 financial
a systemic financial firm and requires that all large conditions and systemic risk from financial markets.
BHes submit resolution plans to their supervisors. It has been analyzing the consequences for firms
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and markets resulting from the ongoing strains
has been developing a single-lX!int.of.entry strategy in European financial markets as well as those
for resolving systemic financial firm; under OLA, associated with the fiscal situation in the United
and the federal Reserve, working closely with the States. Another issue that the Federal Reserve is
FDIC, has been carefully revieo.'1ing the resolution monitoring closely is the potential incentive for
plans (the so·called living wills) submilled in the some investors and institutions to take on excessive
sUn1ll"'er and fall of 2012 by the largest and most risk- for example, by inaeasing I'€.'r€age, credit
cOITfllex BHCs and FBOs. risk, and duration risk- in an allemptto reach for
In line with a joint agency report to the Congress yield in a sustained 1(1,'1 interest rate environment.
in July 2011, the Federal Reserve has continued Moreover, efforts are ongoing, both at the Federal
Reserve and elsewhere, to evaluate and develop
neo.'1 macroprudential tools that could help limit
I. Information on the Dodd-FrankAcl >tr~ teSIS buildups of systemic risk or increase the resilience
and CO\.R areal\lilable on the Federal Reser"", Board·!
website at www.federalre;erve.govlbankinforeg!stres~ of financial institutions and markets to potential
tests<api!.ll-planning.htm. adverse shocks.
79
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.33031622
32 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
An Update on the European Fiscal and Banking Crisis
In the second half of 2012, European generally fulfilling their policy comnitments under
policymakers stepped up efforts 10 supporl Iheir official financial assistance programs. In
vulnerable euro·area economies, strengthefl Spain, the government secured euro·area official
domestic public finances and banking systems, approval and financing for its bank restructuring and
and reinforce the monetary union. As a result, recapitalization plans. In Greece, the government
European financial stresses have moderated over reinvigorated its long-stalled austerity and reform
the past several months. Neverthdess, they remain initiatives. In response, European authorities resumed
elevated, and European policymakers still face financial assistance to the Greek govE'rnment and
significant challenges as they sed to improve fiscal look steps to address Greece's public debt burden,
positions, implemeflt growth-augmenting structural including E'asing thE' terms 01 euro·area official
reforms, and bolster regional integration in a difficult financing and funding a discounted buyback
economic environment. of roughly £30 billion in privately hE'ld Greek
A key turning point in the euro·area crisis government debt. More generally, offICial financial
occurred in late July, when Mario Draghi, the assistance is continuing to provide vulnerable
European Central Bank (ECB) presideflt, stated, countries with brE'athing room to make the difficult
'Within oUI mandate, the ECB is ready to do adjustments needed to resolve their crises.
whatever it takes to preser:e the euro."' The ECB European governments have also made some
subsequeflily unveiled a frame'lvork for Outright progress toward a European banking union. After
Monetary Transactions (DMT) to address distortions protracted nE'gotiations, European leaders agreed
in euro·area government bond markets that in December on key details of a single supervisory
underrrine the transmission 01 monetary po1icy. mechanism (SSM) for European banks with the
Under certain conditions, the ECB can purchase ECB at its center. The SSM is E.>Xpected to be
potentially unlimited amounts of government established sometime this spring and should enter
bonds.2 To date, the ECB has not purchased any into force in early 2014. The ECB will directly
bonds under the OMT frame\vork. Neverthdess, supervise large euro·area banks and will be able
the announcement of the framework has rritigated to assume (from national authorities) super~ision
investors' concerns about the adequacy of financial of any euro-arE'a bank whE'n necessary to ensure
backstops for the Italian and Spanish governments consistent application of high supervisory standards.
and, more generally, about the integrity of the euro Establishment 01 the SSM is ~iewed as a necessary
area. precondition for euro·arE'a governments to share
Vulnerable euro·area countries have made more directly the fiscal burden of resolVing
progress in strengthening their banking systems national banking crises. In addition, European
and public finances in recent months. The governments recently set objecti\lS€ to accelerate
governments of Ireland and Portugal have been the harmonization of national policy frame'lvorks for
bank resolution and deposit insurance and, further
down the road, to create a single mechanism for
I. See Mario Draghi (20121. 'Verbatim oftoc Remnb
Made by Mario Draghi: speech delivered at theGkbal bank resolution and recovery.
tnves!merlt Confereoce, london, July 26, www.ecb.intl In part because of the positil'e de~'elopments
prew1;ey/datel201 2/html/SP I 10726.erJ.htrrl. highlighted previously, financial stresses facing
2. The EeB's purchases will focus ongo~rnment yulner.lble European governments and banks
oonds with maturities of OJlE' tothree years. The ECB will though still elellated-mcxlerated substantially in the
have full discretion over thesepurchases. A necessary
condition for ECB purchases is that a go'I('fnment reqllt'St second half of 2012 and E'arly 2013. Sovereign yields
a full or precaution.Jry financial a~stancE'program from declined signifICantly evE'n as the Italian and Spanish
the Eurcvean Financial Stability racili!)' or the European governments issued substantial armunts 01 debt.
Stlbility Meo:hanism.A goo.'E'lnment that already has In addition, the Irish and Portuguese governments
g su o c v h e r a n m pr e o n g t r s a m m u m st u f s u t l fo rg€ ll a i t n h eir m p a o rk li !€ c y a c c o c m e m ss. i tm In e a n d l d S i t u io n n d , e r began returning to bond markets; elch conducted a
their programs and the elJro-ared govf>lnancE' framE'WOO:. limited, yet successiul, sale of bonds in January.
80
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.43031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 1Q13 33
Reduced concerns about the European crisis 43. Equity indexes for selected foreign ecooomies,
contributed to an easing of funding conditions 2009 13
for European banks. Euro-area banks have
_30.bM-lOO
relied somewhat less on ECB funding in
recent months, and use of cemral bank dollar
liquidity S\\'ap lines declined significantly.
ReSecting market vie ....- s of the decreased
risk of default, CDS premiums on the debt
of many large banks in Europe dropped
significantly, on net, especially for Italy and
Spain, and euro-area bank stocks increased
about 30 percent since mid-2012 (figure 43).
As risk sentimem improved, foreign equity , I
indexes rose significantly: Over the second half
Nm: Tho dala .,. doily. Tho lui observol .... fOf .." h se:i .. is
of 2012 and into early 2013, equity indexes fdm:uy 20, 2013. E.....wog "'unto .... Bm;il, Cl:il,. Chilli, C. .o M;'"
increased about 10 percent for the United C=h Rq>UbI;". Eg)l'I. Hung&y, Jru!i>, Ic&:.n.<ia. Malay<io. Maim,
M",""""" PmI, til< Phjuppincs, Poland, Russi .. So\llh Afuc: .. Soulh Kom,
Kingdom and Canada, about 15 percent in nillu, lb!ib::d, and Turk'}"
the eUfO area, and about 25 percent in Japan; C. S .. o i t u & .C t I I I I ; l k F x o ; r" fo " :- '"' t Z h: i n < tr U o N a r . h ,. u . , . M D . o 'g w " S J 1 m a . n l . t y E E u : : n o < rsgriongxMxo. r I I n : d ' o 1 < S : ~ D f E o f r
equity indexes in EMEs also moved up across ouro-atU be.nk:s, Dow Jonn Ell," STOXX Bel: Indo<; ftt I"""" T<i-yo
S1O<'kExcl:ant:o(TOPL\); aUviaBIoo:Ii>trg.
the board, as shown in figure 43. Likewise,
yields on IO-year government bonds in many
countries increased moderately, though 44 Gl:Ivemment debt spreads for peripheral
Japanese yields remained below I percent. El.IJopean ~oooomies, 2009-13
Spreads of peripheral European sovereign
----------------~----~~
yields over German bond yields of comparable -n
maturity declined significantly as overall
- u
euro-area financial strains abated (figure 44).
- u
Corporate credit spreads also declined, and
- w
bond issuance picked up.
- "
- "
The U.S. dollar depreciated nearly I percent
against a broad set of currencies over the
second half of 2012 and into early 2013
(figure 45). Some of this depreciation reflected
a reversal of flight-to-safety flows, in pan ." I , 20 I t 2 I , 2(llJ
stemming from the reduction in European NOll: Tho dr. . are ..~ <ldy. Tho tast ob>.......:ioo. for ...,h se:i .. is
financial stress. Indeed, the dollar depreciated Feb:uaIy IS, 20ll. Tho 'llftods ~n.,. th: yi.l<!> ... 10·y.a: bonds 10"
th: IO.yoa:-Gtrroanbo.:>:ly;..td.
4 percent against the euro. In contrast, the Sow:Ii: For G,...,., ttaly, PmrugaJ, a:.rl SJ-,in. Sloont>trg; for Irdand,
dollar appreciated 17 percent against the .toft" ..: imateJ \!SCi trad<d bwd Jri..~ Ii"", Ibo:>l"", R",tm II!Id
Bl'">:obtrz.
Japanese yen. Most of this rise came in recent
months, as Shinzo Abe, the newly elected
prime minister of Japan, called for the Bank
of Japan to employ "unlimited easing" of
monetary policy to overcome deflation.
81
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.53031622
34 PART I: RECENT ECONOMIC AND fiNANCIAL DEVElOPMENTS
4S U.S mllar exchange mte against broad index ... but economic activity in the advanced
and selected maj(J£ clUTCllCies, 2010 13 foreign economies continued to
weaken ...
ll«<d>erll,Z009-I00
Despite the easing of financial stresses in the
euro area and some improvement in global
financial markets, activity in the advanced
foreign economies (AFEs) continued to lose
stearn in the second half of 2012 (figure 46).
The euro area fell further into recession, as
fiscal austerity, rising unemployment, and
depressed confidence restrained spending,
especially in the countries al the center of the
." crisis, Real GOP also contracted in Japan,
! I I I I!
2010 2012 2013 reflecting plummeting exports. In the United
Ncm:: Tho daa, whim .... in foreign oum:ry wts perdollar, are d.!ily Kingdom, real GOP growth resumed in the
Thotal1observatimfQaoc:b..n.." Frilruary2t, 20t3, third quarter, partly thanks to a temporary
Soutc!: fodml Res.,." &oro, Stotist".1 R.I/Z$< H.10, "fo:.ign
El<d:ang.Raus," boost to demand from the London Olympics,
but contracted again in the fourth quarter.
Canadian real GOP growth remained positive
46. Real gross domestic product gro"th in selected
advanced fOKign ecooomies, 2010-12 but also weakened, largely owing to lower
external demand. Survey indicators suggest
that conditions in the AFEs improved only
marginally around the turn of the year. Amid
"
this weakness in economic activity and limited
pressures from commodity prices, inflation
readings for most AFEs remained contained.
Several foreign cemral banks expanded their
balance sheets further and took other actions
to support their economies (figure 47). In
-" addition to its introduction of the OMT, the
I I I I EeB lowered its main policy rate. The Bank
2010 2012 of England completed its latest round of asset
NQll: 1'bo <IOto IIr'Q~lyond.xtrnd thm.Igh101IQ3 forCIII:lI.da on! purchases, bringing its holdings to £375 billion,
2012:Q4forlho __ ...... Jq:u, ondthoUnMlKingdom.
Soma: fill" CIlIOda, S:'l~ti", Caaada; for tho ...: ro ...... Eurosto~ ro: and began the implementation of its Funding
kpan, Collioot O/f.,. of 1'fllIl; cd f.:tt l!l. Unit", K.i::!¢o.:n, Oflj" fo: for Lending Scheme, designed to boost lending
Nlti<m.tStot~ti""
to households and firms. The Bank of Japan
took a number of steps. It introduced a new
Stimulating Bank Lending Facility in October
and raised its inflation target from I percent to
2 percent in January. In addition, it increased
the size of its Asset Purchase Program by
¥30 trillion, to ¥lOltrillion, by the end of 2013
and announced tbat purcbases would be open
ended beginning in 2014.
82
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.63031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 35
· .. even as economic growth stabilized in 47 Central bank assets in selected advanced
emerging market economies I!CrnJ(Jrnies., 200S-12
After slowing earlier in the year, in part
because of headwinds associated with Europe's
troubles, economic growth in EMEs stabilized
in the third quarter and appeared to pick up
in the fourth. This modest pickup in economic
activity in the face of continued v.eakness in - w
e.xports to advanced economies was supported - "
by monetary and fiscal policy stimulus.
- "
,
In China, following slO\>,er growth in the -
first half of 2012, stimulus measures helped I I , II , , , , I! ' I
boost the pace of real GDP growth in the 100& 2009 1010 1011 1012
second half of the year. Improved economic NOTIi: Ib,datunqua:urlycdox1Olld1hrougb 2Il12:Q3 forlho""" .....
conditions in China also provided a lift tru s l . l . h :m oU c. o : it F td " ' K I i h n o g~ " " " " " , L o . n . d .. 2 . 0 E 1 u 2 t Q o .\ p f < o a r n J C : ' I : p O II ~ I l L B ankoodEuro:!to!:forj1pOll,
to other emerging Asian economies. GDP BalIk of J...." 0!Id Clbe..! Off. .. of J..,.n; owl for tho u"i".o<l Ki::g~orII,
Bank tiEnglt:>d andOrr.,. for r;.~"",,1 Stlti"-,,,"
accelerated in Hong Kong and Tai\\'<ln in the
third quarter; in the fourth quarter, exports
and purchasing managers indexes moved
higher in most of the region, and GDP growth
rebounded in a number of economies.
After stagnating for about a year, economic
activity in Brazil picked up in the third quarter
to a still-lackluster pace of 2Y:z percent.
Indicators for the fourth quarter suggest
a further modest pickup, supported by
accommodative policies. In contrast, GDP
growth in Mexico continued to fall in the third
quarter as the growth of U.S. manufacturing
production slowed; however, Mexican
gro\\1h picked up to 3 percent in the fourth
quarter, boosted by services and the volatile
agricultural sector.
Despite occasional spikes in food price~
inflation in most emerging Asian economies
remained \\eU contained as moderate output
growth limited broader price pressures. India
was a notable exception, with 12-month
inflation around 10 percent in recent months.
In some Latin American economies., increases
in food prices had a greater effect on inflation
than in Asia, leading to 12-month price
increases of around 5Y:z percent in Brazil and
around 4Y. percent in Mexico over the second
half of last year.
83
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00087 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.73031622
37
2
PART
MONETARY POLICY
To promote the objectives given to it by the Congress, the Federal Open Market CommWee (FOMe)
provided additional monetary accommodation al its September 20 12 and December 20 12 meetings,
by both strengthening its forward gUidance regarding the federal funds rale and initiating additional
asset purchases.
As discussed in Pan 1, incoming economic sharper-than-anticipated fiscal contraction in
data throughout the second half of 2012 the United States. With longer-term inflation
and into 2013 indicated that economic expectations stable and still-considerable slack
activity was expanding at a moderate pace. in resource markets, most members anticipated
Employment gains v.. e re modest, and although that inflation over the medium term would run
the unemployment rate declined somewhat at or below the Comminee's longer-run goal of
over the period, it remained elevated relative to 2 percent.
le\~ls Ihat almost all members of the FOMe
viev.'ed as consistent with the Committee's dual Accordingly, to promote the FOMCs objectives
mandate. Inilation remained sutxlued, apan of maximum employment and price stability,
from some temporary variations that largely the Comminee maintained a target range
reflected fluctuations in commodities prices. for the federal funds rate of 0 to Y. percent
Members generally anached an unusually throughout the second half of 2012 and
high level of uncenainty to their assessments provided additional monetary accommodation
of the economic outlook. Moreover, they at its September and December meetings,
continued to judge that the risks to economic by both strengthening its forward guidance
grov.1h were tilted to the downside because regarding the federal funds rate and initiating
of strains in financial markets stemming from additional purchases of longer-term securities
the sovereign debt and banking situation in (figure 48). The Committee also completed
Europe, as well as the potential for a significant at year-end the continuation of the program
slov.'dov.'n in global economic grov.1h and for a to extend the average maturity of its holdings
48. Sel~lcd interest rates. 2008-13
- s
-,
- ,
______________I IIIIIiI _____ :
- , , ----, , -" -"-"-"-"-"- -" ----- , , - , , - ,
IOO<M 1IIl 1M9lm oll2SO Imll"lm ~ liIOIl~II2I","",l " III.! II2l <I2l lillM4 11!O
200S 2009 20tO 2011 2012 2013
oc N tiv cm dy : m T d h < < d d . a < ta = .. iI . a d . a i T ty h o m d d a l a ai t Q m lI l U t " h la = w g iw h . F t:. . . b t n . w .. y . o 2 re t . t h 2 o O s t . J o . f T " h g o c l 2 ., - .1 y y a r ", m l1< d d - t . o :l. - d y F u e r d e r I r I a 1 . O ." p ') . ' o l M it. ., . \: : o I: r t e C th w o . c :n o i n tt s . ta . n m t-m « o ti r : u l r p i: . ) , yi.1d! buod", tho ",. .I
So\ru:t:: D<panm<:nofIheT"osurymdtbe Ftdaot R. ........
84
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00088 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.83031622
38 PART 2: MONETARY POLICY
of Treasury securities that was announced The Comminee also modified its forward
in June 2012 and continued its policy of guidance regarding the federal funds rate at the
reinvesting principal payments from its holdings September meeting, noting that exceptionally
of agency debt and agency-guaranteed low levels for the federal funds rate were
mortgage-backed securities (MilS) into agency likely to be v.arranted at least through mid-
MBS. 2015, longer than had been indicated in
previous FOMCstatements. Moreover, the
At the September 12-13 meeting, the Committee stated its expeaation that a highly
Comminee agreed that the outlook called for accommodative stance of monetary policy
additional monetary accommodation, and would remain appropriate for a considerable
that such accommodation should be provided time after the economic reco\'ery strengthens.
by both strengthening its forward guidance The new language was meant to clarify that
regarding the federal funds rate and initiating the Committee's anticipation that exceptionally
additional purchases of agency MBS at a low levels for the federal funds rate v.-ere likely
pace of $40 billion per month. Along with the to be warranted at least through mid-2015 did
ongoing purchases of $45 billion per month not reflect an expeaation that the economy
of longer-term Treasury securities under the would remain weak, but rather reflected the
maturity extension program announced in June, Committee's determination to suppon a
these purchases increased the Committee's stronger economic recovery.
holdings of longer-term securities by about
$85 billion each month through the end of the At the December 11-12 meeting, members
year. These actions were taken to put downward judged that continued provision of monetary
pressure on longer-term interest rates, sllppon accommodation was warranted in order
mortgage markets, and help make broader 10 support further progress toward the
financial conditions more accommodative (see Committee's goals of maximum employment
the box "Efficacy and Costs of Large-Scale and price stability. TheCommineejudged
A&<>et Purchases"). The Committee agreed that that, following the completion of the maturity
it would closely monitor incoming information e.'{tension program at the end of the year,
on economic and financial developments in such accommodation should be provided in
coming months, and that if the outlook for the part by continuing to purchase agency MilS
labor market did not improve substantially, it at a pace of $40 billion per month and by
would continue its purchases of agency MBS, purchasing longer-term Treasury securities at
undenake additional asset purchases, and a pace initially set at $45 billion per month.
employ its other policy tools as appropriate The Comminee also decided that, starting in
until such improvement is achieved in a January, il would resume rolling o\'er maturing
context of price stability_T he Comminee also Treasury securities at auction.
agreed that in determining the size, pace, and
composition of its asset purchases, it would, With regard to its forv.ard rate guidance, the
as alv.ays, take appropriate account of the Committee decided to indicate in thestatemem
likely eflicacy and costs of such purchases. that it e.xpects the highly accommodative stance
This llexible approach was seen as allowing of monetary policy to remain appropriate for
the Committee to tailor its policy o\'er time a considerable time after the asset purchase
in response to incoming information while program ends and the economic recovery
clarifying its intention to improve labor market strengthens. In addition, it replaced the
conditions, thereby enhancing the effectiveness date-based guidance for the federal funds
of the action by helping to bolster business and rate with numerical thresholds linked to the
consumer confidence. unemployment rate and projected inflation.
85
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.93031622
MONETARY POLICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 39
Efficacy and Costs of large.Scale Asset Purchases
In order to provide additional monetary stimulus Significantly lowered longer.term Treasury yields.'
when short-term interest rates are near zero, the More important, the effects of LSAPs do not S€€Il) to be
Federal Reserve has undertakeo a series of large- restricted to Treasury yields. In particular, LSAPs have
scale asset purchase (lSAP) programs. Between late been found to be associated with Significant declines
2008 and early 2010, the Federal Reserve purchased in MBS yields and corporate bond yields as well as
approximately $1.7 trillion in longer.term Treasury with increases in equity prices.
S<€urities, agency deb~ and ageocy mortgage-backed Continued on nex( page
S<€urities (MBS). From late 2010 to mid·10l1, a
S<€ond round of LSAPs was implemented, consisting
of purchases of S600 billion in longer-term Treasury
S<€urities. Bet\",een September 2011 and the end of I. for a selective lislof releJeI1ces regarding theelfect of
2012, the Federal Reserve implemented the maturity t A h S e > e fi \ r P st u lS rc A h p a , s e S s €( ' ' in th B eb o o ar x d " o T f h G e o E _ ff n ec o ts r s 0 4 o F it e h d e er a ff l f iE R - (> ra '.( 1 'fV e
extension program and its continuation, under which ReserveSystem{2011), MOl1etary Policy Rfpon (0 rhe
it purchased approximately $700 billion in longer. COtlgIl'S5 (\Vashington: Board of Governors, March), "'v.w.
term Treasury securities and sold or allowed to run off lederalreserve.gov/monet.lrypolicy/~r_2011 0301_partl .hIm.
For additional references, including lOOse thai analyze the
an equal amount of shorter·term Treasury securities. effectol thesecood LSAP as ",eH as the maturity extension
And in September and December 2012, the Federal prograrT\. see, forexa~le, Stelania D'Arrico, William
Reserve announced flow·based purchases of agency [nglish, David lOpez·Salido, and Edward Nelson (2012), "The
MBS and longer-term Treasury securities at initial paces Federal Res-efl'!"s Large-Scale Asset Purchase Progr.tJTJTll>S:
of $40 billion and S45 billion per m::mth, respectively. Rationaleaoo Effects,' Economic Joumal, vol. 122
(NOI'eni>et), pp. F415-45; Arvind KrishnalllJMYa nd Annette
These purchases were undertaken in order to put Vissing.JOIJ:leo>en (20111, "The Effec!S of Quantitative Easing
downward pressure on longer.term interest rates, on Interest Rates: Channels and 1~lications for Policy,'
support mortgage markets, and help to make broader !irookif18S Papers OIl ECOf1(tI1i( AaNity, Fall, pp. 21 5-(;5;
financial conditions more accommodative, thereby Canlin Li and Min Wei (l012), "Tetm Stwcture Modelling
supporting the economic recovery. One mechanism with S~ly factors and the Federal R(>'.('fVe's la'ge
Scale Asset Purchase PrograJT6: FinallCeand Ecooomi~
through which asset purchases can affect financial Dis.cLlSsion Series 2012·37 (Washington: Boord 0/ GOI't'I"nors
conditions is the "portfolio balance channel: which of the Federal R(>'.('fVe SysterT\. May), www.lederalreser"",.
is based on the premise that different financial assets gOl',pubsJIedsl101112012371201237pap.pdf; and re/t'I"ences
may be reasonably close but imperfect substitutes in those studies. For work that >pe<:ifically eovhasizes the
in im'S€lors' portfolios. This assumption implies that s B ig a n ue a r l in an g d c h G a l n e n n e n l D of . L R S u A d P E s tl , u S s. €( c ', h ( f 2 o 0 r 1 e 2 ) ) ( . , ) " ~ T l h e e , S M ig i n c a h l a i e n l g D.
changes in the supplies of various assets available Channel lor Federal R(>'.('fVe Bond Purcha>e-i,' Working P.!Pt'l"
to private investors may affect the prices or yields Series 2011·21 (San Francisro: Federal Reserve Bank of San
of those assets and tne prices of assets that may be FrallCis.co, Auguw, \\wwJlbsf.orglptblications/economicsi
reasonably close substitutes. As a result, the Federal t p h a e p e e lf r e s c l ! 2 S O 0 l 0 ll w cr p e l d l. i 2 t d Ib el k a . u p l d t l r . i s F .k o . r s e w e o . r f k o r t h e a x t a f r o rp c l u e s , e S so im n on
Reserve's asset purchases can push up the prices Gilchrist and [goo Zakraj~{lOll), "The Irrpact 0/ the
and lower the yields on the securities purchased Federal Reser"",'s large-Scale Asset Purchase Progr.tJT6 on
and influence other asset prices as well. As investors Df'lault Risk: paper presented at 'Macroeconomics and
furtner rebalance their portfolios, overall financial FinallCiallntemlediation: Directions sillC € theCrisis,' a
conference held at theNational Bank 04 Belgium, B'ussels,
conditions should ease more generally, stirrulating Decf.>lTber 9-10. 2011.Although the rn.Jjority of rese.Jrch
economic activity through channels similar to those on the effec!S 0/ LSAPs appears to s~ort a signifICant
for conventional monetary policy. In addition, asset innuence OIl asset prices, theo\'f'fall resultol sllCh prograJT6
purchases could also Signal that the central bank is generally difficult to estirn.Jte precisely: [1If'()\ studies can
intends to pursue a more accomrmdative policy rn.Jkeonly \.harp predictions on theelfec!S \I"itllin a relatively
short ti1l"E! horizon, where.J\ approaches based on time·
stance than previously thought, thereby lowering series models tend 10 face challenges in i§Oiating theelf~
investor expectations about the future path of the of theprograJT6 from other economic develcprren!S. for a
federal funds rate and putting additional dC1.vnward more skEPtical \~ew 00 the f'lfecl 04 LSAPs, see, for e)(,)~le,
pressure on longer-term yields.. Daniell. Thornton (l012), 'Evi~llCe on the Portfolio BalallCe
Channel of Quantitati"", [a,iog.' Working P.!per Selies 2012-
A substantial body of empirical research finds that 015A (St loui,: federal Reser"", Bank 04 St louis, October),
the Federal Reserve's asset purchase programs have http://research.stiouisfed.orgNipl2012nOI2-015.pdf.
86
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00090 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.04031622
40 PART 2: MONETARY POLICY
Efficacy and Costs of Large-Scale Asset Purchases, continued
While there seems to be substlntial evidence that a balanced reading of the evidence supports the
lSAPs have 10IVered longer-term yields and eased conclusion that LSAPs have prol'ided meaningful
broader financial conditions, obtaining accurate support to the econorric recovery while rritigating
estimates 01 the effects 01 LSAPs on the macroewnomy deflationary risks.
is inherently difficult, as the counteriactual case-holV The potential benefits of lSAPs fTlJst be considered
the economy would have performed without LSAPs alongside their possible costs. One potential cost of
cannot be directly observed. However, econometric conducting additional LSAPs is that the operatiof"6
models can be used to estimate the effects 01 lSAPs coold lead to a deterioration in market functioning
on the economy under the aSSUfTlltion that the or liquidity in markets where the Federal Reserve
economic effects of the easier finandal conditions is eflgaged in purchasing. More specifically, if the
that are induced by LSAPs are similar to those that Federal Resefl'e becomes too dominant a bu)'er in
are induced by conventional m:metary policy easing. a certain market, trading among private participants
Model simulations conducted at the Federal Reserve coold decrease eflough that market liquidity and
have geflerally found that asset purchases provide price discovery become irrpaired. As the global
a signifICant boost to the economy. For example, financial system relies on deep and liquid markets
a $\udy based on the Federal Reserve Boord's for U.S. Treasury securities, significant impairment of
FRBlUS model estimated that, as of 2012, the first this market would be especially costly; impairment
two rounds of LSAPs had raised real gross domestic of this market could also impede the transmission of
product almost 3 percent and increased fXivate pa)lfoH monetary policy. Although the large volume of the
efTllloyment by about 3 million jobs, while 1000ering Federal Resefl,'€s purchases relative to the size of
the unem~oy~nt rate about 1.5 percentage points, the markets for Treasury or agency securities could
relative 10 what would have been expected other.vise. ultimately become an issue, few if any problems have
These simulations also sLJggS€t that the program been observed in those markets thus far.
materially reduced the risk of deflation.' A second potential cost of LSAPs is that they may
Of course, all model-based es~mates of the undernine public confidence in the Federal Reserve's
macroeconomic effects of LSAPs are subject to ability to exit smoothly from its accommodative
coosiderable statistical and modeling uncertainty policies at the appropriate ti~. Such a reduction
and thus should be treated with caution. Indeed, in confidence might increase the risk that long-term
while some other stooies also report signifICant inflation expeclJlions beco~ unanchored. The
macroewnomic effects from asset purchases, Federal Resefl' € is certainly aware 01 these concems
other research finds smaller effects.' Nonetheless, and accordingly has placed great emphasis on
developing the necessary tools to ef"6ure that policy
2. These resullS are discussed further in Hess Chung. accommodation can be removed when appropriate.
JE'.ln-l'Ililippe laforte, David Reifschneider, andJohn C. For example, the Federal Reserve will be able to
William; (2012), "Hal'eWe UnderestiITLlted the ti~elillOOd put upward pressure on short-term interest rates at
and SeverityofZero LOII-er Boond Evenl5?' Journalol Moo'€)', the appropriate time by raising the interest rate it
Credit and 8Jnking, voL 44 (fEbruaryso..wlemenO,
pp.47---{12. pays on resel"l's€, using draining tools like reverse
3. For studies reponingsignificantmacroecooomic effeclS repurchase agreements or term deposits with
from asset purchases, see, lor e~fIlIle, Jeffrey C. Fuhrer and depository institutions, or selling securities from the
Giov.mni P. Olivei (2011), "The Es~ITLlted Macroeconomic Federal Resefl,'€s portfoliO. To date, the expansion of
E/feclS of the Federal Reserve's Large-Scale TrE'.lsury Purchas.e
Prograll\" Public Policy Brie(s 11-{)2 (Boston: Federal Reserve the balance sheet does not appear to have materially
Bankol Boston,April), lIWoI'.bosJrb.orgiecooomidppMOlll affected long-term inflation expeclJlions.
f'Pbl I 2.pdf; and Christiane Baumeister and luca Benati A third cost to be weighed is that of risks to
(2012), 'Unconventional Monetary Policy and the Greal financial stability. for example, some observers have
Recession: EstiITLlting the Macroeconomic EffeclS of a Spread
Compression at the Zero Lower Boond: Working ""pers
2012-21 (Ol\awa: Bank of Canada, July), www.b.Jnkofcanada. "TheAggregale Demilnd Effects of Short-and Loog-Term
calwp·conteOOuploads!2012107/lIp2012-21.pd1. Also, the Interest Rates,' Financeand Economics Discus>ion Series
Bankor Eng1and has ifllliemeoted LSAPs similar to those 2012-54 (\Vashington: Boo rd of Governors of the Federal
undertaken by the Federal Reserve, and its stafl research finds Resefl'e System, August), www.federalreserve.govlpubsl
that the effeclS appear to he quantitatively similar to thas<> in fedsl2012n012541201254pap.pdi; and Han Chen, Vasco
the United States. Curdia, and AndrE'.l Ferrero (2012), "The Macroeconomic
fur ~tudies reporting smaller elleclSlrom asset ElfeclS of large-Scale Asset Purchase Prograrrrnes: Economic
purchases, see, for exaflllle, Michael T. Kiley (2012), Journal, vol. I n (Noverrber), pp. F289-31S.
87
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.14031622
MONETARY POlICY REPORT: FEBRUARY 2013 41
raised concerns that, by dril'ing longer.term yields decline in coming years. Indeed, in some scenarios,
lower, nontraditional policies could induce imprudent particularly if interest rates were to rise quickly,
risk.taking by some investors. 0/ course, some risk· remittances to the Treasury could be quite low for
taking is a necessary element 01 a healthy economic a time.~ EVe!1 in such scenarios, however, average
recovery, and accommodative moneta!)' policies annual remittances Oller the period affected by the
could el'1€1 se"'e to reduce the risk in the system federal Reserve's purchases are highly likely to be
by strengthe!1ing the overall economy. Nonetheless, greater than the pre-crisis nOfm, perhaps substantially
the federal Reserve has substantially expanded its so. Moreover, if monetary policy promotes a stronger
monitoring of the financial s)'stem and modified recOliery, the associated reduction in the federal
its supelVisory approach to take a more systenlc defICit would far exceed any variation in the Federal
perspective. Reserve's remittances to the Treasury. That said, the
There has been limited evidence so far of excessil'e Federal Reserve conducts monetary policy to rreeI
buildups of duration, credit risk, or leverage, but the its congressionally mandated objectil'eS of maximum
Federal ReselVe will continue both its careful oversight employment and price stability and nol primarily for
and its implementation of financial regulatory reforms the purpose of turning a prof~ for the U.S. Department
designed to reduce systemic risk.' of the Treasury.
The Federal Reserve has remitted substantial
income to the Treasury from its earnings on securities,
totaling some $290 billion since 2009. However, 5. For additional detail" see Seth B. Carpenter, Jane E.
if the economy continues to strengthen and policy Ihrig. Elizabeth C. Klee, Daniel W. Quinn, aooAlexandef
H. Boote (2013), "The federal Reserve', Balance Sheet and
accorrmodation is withdrawn, remittances will likely
Earnings: A Primer and Projection>: Finaoce and [Conomi03
Oi5(u55lon Series 1013·01 (Washington: Boord 01 Governors
4, For additional detail" see the box "The Federal Reserve', 01 the Federal ReserveSystem, January), www.federalreseIW.
ActiorD to Foster Finaocial Stability" in f'.ln L govlpwslleds!2013120 13011201301 ab,.html.
88
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.24031622
42 PART 2: MONETARY POLICY
In panicular, the Commil1ee indicated that it information when determining how long to
expected that the exceptionally low range for maintain the highly accommodative stance of
the federal funds rate \\'Ould be appropriate monetary policy, including additional measures
at least as long as the unemployment rate of labor market conditions, indicators of
remains above 6Y;. percent, inflation between inflation pre~ures and inflation expectations,
one and 1\.\'0 years ahead is projected to be and reading<; on financial developments.
no more than Y2 percentage point abo\'e the
Comminee's 2 percent longer-run goal, and At the conclusion of its January 29-30 meeting,
longer-term inflation f.'ipectations continue to the Committee made no changes to its target
be well anchored, These thresholds were seen as range for the federal funds rate, its asset
helping the public to more readily understand purchase program, or its forward guidance for
how the likely timing of an eventual increase in the federal funds rate. The Committee stated
the federal funds rate would shift in response to that, with appropriate policy accommodation, it
unanticipated changes in economic conditions expected that economic gro\.l/th would proceed
and the outlook. Accordingly, thresholds could at a moderate pace and the unemployment
increase the probability that market reactions rate would gradually decline toward levels
to economic developments \.\'Ould move longer the Committee judges consistent with its
term interest rates m a manner consIstent dual mandate. It noted that strains in global
with the Comminee's assessment of the likely financial markets had eased somewhat, but
future path of shon-term interest rates. The that it continued to see downside risks to the
Comminee indicated in its December statement economic outlook. The Committee continued
that il viewed the economic thresholds, at to anticipate that inflation over the medium
least initially, as consistent with its earlier, term likely would run at or below its 2 percent
date-based guidance. The new language noted objective.
that the Committee would also consider other
89
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00093 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.34031622
43
3
PART
SUMMARY OF ECONOMIC PROJECTIONS
The {ollowing malerial appeared as an addendum to the minutes of the December 11-12,2012,
meeting of the Federal Open Market Commillee.
In conjunction wilh the December 11-12, most likely to foster outcomes for economic
2012, Federal Open Market Committee activily and inflation that best satisfy his or
(FOMq meeting, meeting participants-the her individual interpretation of the Federal
7 members of the Board of Governors and the Reserve's objecti,·es of maximum employment
12 presidents of the Federal Reserve Banks, and stable prices.
all of whom participate in the deliberations of
the FOMC-submined their assessments of Overall, the assessments submitted in
real output gro\\'th, the unemployment rate, December indicated that FOMe participants
inflation, and the target federal funds rale for projected that, under appropriate monetary
each year from 2012 through 2015 and over policy, the pace of economic recovery would
the longer run. Each participant'S assessment gradually pick up over the 2012-15 period
was based on information available at the time and inflation would remain subdued (table I
of the meeting plus his Of her judgment of and figure 1). Participants anticipated that the
appropriate monetary policy and assumptions growth rate of real gross domestic product
about the factors likely to affect economic (ODP) would increase somewhat in 2013 and
outcomes. The longer-run projections again in 2014, and that economic gro\l:th in
represent each participant'S judgment of the 2014 and 2015 would exceed their estimates
value to which each variable would be expected of the longer -run sustainable rate of growth,
to converge, over time, under appropriate while the unemployment rate would decline
monetary policy and in the absence of gradually through 2015. Participants projected
further shocks to the economy. "Appropriate that each year's inflation, as measured by the
monetary policy" is defined as the future annual change in the price index for personal
path of policy that each participant deems consumption expenditures (PCE), would run
Table I. Eoonomk projections of Federal Resent Board members and Federal Resen-e Bank presidents, December 2012
~~. R.,.,
I I I I I I I I
lOll lOll 2014 2015 Lo~r 2012 lOll ))14 :!(lIS Lonter Rln
Cbant"'in ..a IGDP ... 1.1101.8 2.3103.0 3.O1~3.5 3.0103.1 ! 2.31025 1.6IOU UIOU UtoU UIO~IUIo3.0
Stp .. rnbtr projoctio. 1.7102.0 2.510>.0 >.Olo1.8 >.01I>H ! 2Jt025 1.61020 lJto15 2.11041 25104.21 UlolO
i
U. .. mploj.",.nlrlltt 7.810 7.9 7.410 1.1 6.8t~13 6.0106.6 52106_0 1.11080 6911>18 6.11014
Stp,"rnbtr projoctio •... 8.0108.2 7.610 1.9 6.110J.> 5 8.0108.3 1.0108.0 6.3101.5
:.::::: 1 .2::6.0
PCEi.ll:olio. 1.6 to l.l 1.311>20 1.S102.0 1.61Ol.8 UiolO 1.41022 15lo2.2l 20
Stp,"rnbtrprojoctiol ... 1.1101.8 1.61020 1.6102.0 1.8102.0 ,i 20 15101.9 151021 1.6102.2 1.8102.l ,i 20
! !
eo .. PCE mllalio.' ... 1.6101.7 1.6101.9 l.61~2.0 1.8102.0 i 1.61Ol.8 1.5102.0 1.1102.2 i
Stptrmbtr projection 1.7101.9 1.71020 I.8t~2.0 1.911>20 L61020 1.61022 18102.3
. , p P . , t O n i , N c ~ o . < o " b f T ' i k - ' p l 1 ! o d ; . a " ' " ) ' P " , , - I r , ' o 1 l f l u ) 1 : p < , ! C r ; P ' o ' I " d C K j " ,! > . .! " U " . o . p _ : o e . 1 < d. . 1 f . « ~. P l ~ . C t a o b ! . ! " " J " ~ ," o I d o '" 1 d " > •' ' , o U B• , J , < b' . I g. i \ l " r. l . " i o ' ' d d i a l " b " d ' O - ' o ' T P ' D p ' . l' < r r P . o o ~ C j p - ~ o ! r ! o , i p " o t r l " " , o I . > d ' . . " t . o " " f . u f " . , ( ' " P I G . " P I .. . Y I N , . O I " l p ' j > > ) " . o , . . ' . J p . . ' i e ' . d l ' r . ' t P < " P . D ' ~ " . ' ' d ' t ' J a '' ' g " , ' , e l I ' . ' , p " . , h . u ' o . . " . , I f u l i " o . , ' s " l f b ' a " . o f > ' « 't L ' ' l' o o g , . ' b o f . g , " f e ' ; " ' ", " ' , . ~ t " ' " '' I ' " 'S I " ' . P ! o , ' ' . ' f f < O b ~ " i " o > P l " I i d I ' > l . y i . l o . . , . o . . ," , • b . b " .' • r . " e p ~ i ' p » ' r ' , f , ' ' > r , " ' , o 0 , Y , i . . " , . & d» " th 0 " , ' e ', 1 ' T f 1 ~ "u h ", p . P lS1 i " . ot l q i " p b a . " "p , . " " u f ~ " " > , '"- i " , l ' t " ~ l _ P f b " " q " I j " l> o . " . . c . . P . t . p . i . ' o . . ' ' . ' . , ' ' I . ' o " ' o . ' f . I f ' " . ' ' t ' . ' i . y ' l . , d . ) ' I . ' L Ut ' . l I " d ' r l " J . i U I I , l l . > . ( d " . p ~ . " " , c f , ' u l . E ~ . O j b ) . d u l 1 . O . l " > . . £ " d q . 0 " . . . , ' . I - . . . . _
...! II lb. "'''~iI of lU Fool .... Ope. ",. . rIoot eo,,"'tt. ... s.p~,,"" 11.-1l.1011
J. Th. "",,,,J,,.d,,oyoxd"",,l., ,b~.l.ip •• U<I!II", _p/"O!"'i>. . fi>' ...... "obloi ••o obl""
1
l.
.
n
Lo
.
' l
"
"
"g
-I\
e
II I
f u
p
,
r
•
o
..
j
,,
"
&
,
1
,
>
,,
1
,
<
f u
i •
,
•
" '
g
"
i
'
f
P
t.
C
)'
!
n
!
i,. IlII><'"b. :.I.".o. l.. p"o ~
"
i
,
a
i
p
"
"
,o
''
:
'
!
' P"'I''' .... froID t-~ '" kigl.,,~ fu, til .. "';"b~ in "''' ,.. ..
90
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.44031622
44 PART 3: SUMM.I,RY OF ECONOMIC PROJEalONS
figure 1. Central tendencies and range. of economic projections, 2012-15 and over the longer run ,.-
_ OJaDge in real GDP
_ • Ctnlrlllttndcocy<>fprojoctiollI -- ii!ii
I Rrmge{)fprt;ectiooi iiiiI!ii ~ ;;.I;;
Aclual
I I
"" 2008 ",. ~10 Wll W12 2M3 ~14 WIS too",
,~ ,-
UnempJ~nt rale - ll
.....
~
~ iiijiii
!I!II!!
I I
"" 2008 ",. WIO Wll ~12 2013 ~14 WIS too", ,--
,~
PCEinHatioll
~
•
= Ii iIijiii
11 I I
"" 2008 "" WIO Wll 2012 2J)1J 2014 2015 too~,
,~ ,-
Core PCE iutlalion
~ = iiiiI!ii ~
~
I I I I
2001 2008 "" WI. 2J)1l 2012 2013 2014 2015 Longer
,~
Note: Definitions of variables are in the gellt'ral note to table L The data forthe actual values of the ,miabies are annual
91
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.54031622
MONETARY POLICY REPORT: fEBRUARY 1013 45
close to or below the FOMes longer-run while conditions in the housing and labor
inflation objective of 2 percent. markets appeared to have improved recently,
uncenainty about fiscal policy appeared to
As shown in figure 2, most panicipants judged be holding back business and household
that highly accommodative monetary policy spending. Participants' projections for 2013
was likely to be warranted over the next few through 2015 were generally linie changed
years. In particular, 14 participants thought relative to their September projections. The
that it would be appropriate for the first central tendency of participants' projections
increase in the target federal funds rate to for real GDP growth in 2013 was 2.3 to
occur during 2015 or later. Most panicipants 3.0 percent, followed by a central tendency of
judged that appropriate monetary ]Xllicy 3.0 to 3.5 percent for 2014 and one of 3.0 to
would include purchasing agency mortgage 3.7 percent for 2015. The central tendency
backed securities (MBS) and longer-term for the longer-run rate of increase of real
Treasury securities after the completion of the GDP remained 2.3 to 2.5 percent, unchanged
maturity extension program at the end of 2012. from September. Most participants noted
that the high degree of monetary policy
As in September, participants judged the accommodation a§umed in their projections
uncenainty associated with the outlook would help promote the economic recovery
for real activity and the unemployment over the forecast period; however, they also
rate to be unusually high compared with judged that several factors would likely
historical norms, with the risks weighted hold back the pace of economic expansion,
mainly toward slower economic growth including slower growth abroad, a still-
and a higher unemployment rate. While a weak housing market, the difficult fiscal
number of participants viewed the uncertainty and financial situation in Europe, and fiscal
surrounding their projections for inflation restraint in the United States.
to be unusually high, more saw the level of
uncenainty to be broadly similar to historical Participants projected the unemployment
norms; most considered the risks to inBation rate for the final quaner of 2012 to be close
to be roughly balanced. to its average level in October and November,
implying a rate some\l.'hat below that projected
The Outlook for Economic Activity in September. Participants anticipated a
gradual decline in the unemployment rate over
Participants judged that the economy grew the forecast period; even so, they generally
at a moderate pace over the second half of thought that the unemployment rate at the
2012 and projected that, conditional on their end of 2015 would still be well above their
individual assumptions about appropriate individual estimates of its longer-run normal
monetary ]Xllicy, the economy would grow level. The central tendencies of participants'
at a somewhat faster pace in 2013 before forecasts for the unemployment rate were
expanding in 20\4 and 20\5 at a rate above 7.4 to 7.7 percent at the end of 2013, 6.8 to
what panicipantssaw as the longer-run rate 7.3 percent at the end of 2014, and 6.0 to
of output growth. The central tendency of 6.6 percent at the end of 2015. The central
their projections for the change in real GDP tendency of participants' estimates of the
in 2012 v.'3S 1.7 to 1.8 percent, slightly lower longer-run normal rate of unemployment that
than in September. A number of participants would prevail under appropriate monetary
mentioned that last summer's drought and policy and in the absence of further shocks to
the efiects of Hurricane Sandy likely had held the economy was 5.2 to 6.0 percent, unchanged
down economic activity in the second half of from September. Most participants projected
this year. Many panicipants also noted that, that the unemployment rate would converge
92
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.64031622
46 PART 3: SUMM.I,RY OF ECONOMIC I'ROJEalONS
figure 2. Onl""iew of roMe participants' assessments of appropriate monetary policy, December 2012
Nod>erolpuhcip. .. to
Awopriale liming of policy fuming
2013 20[4 2015 ~16
Awopriale pace of policy fuming
Target federal funds rate aI year.e)d ••••• "1 , " . ......... ~ 6
-
-
•
...................................................... · -
···················································1········_········~ 4
• •
•
·
•
• --
......................................•.. ·····························. ··········1, ············· ............ 1
~
•
................................................................................................. ··1······· ................. ~ 0
1
~12 ~lJ 2{1[4 ~15 Longer run
Nott: Iu the U[lpfr panel, tbe height of each bar dfDO~S the number of FOMC participants who judge that, under
appropriale monetary policy, tbe filit increase in the target federal funds rate from its CllJTfDt mge of 0 to Y. perctot
\\ill oocuriu tbespecifJed caleodar lear [u September 2012, tbe numbersof FOMC palticipants who judged thal the
first increase in thelilrget federal funds rate would oocurin 2012, 2013, 2014, 20[5, and 2016 \\ere,re;~ti\"e1y, 1,3,
2, 12, and I. In the I~r panel, each shaded circle indicales the ,alue (rounded to the nearest Y. perctlliage point) of
an inw,idual participant's judgment of the appropriate lew[ of the target federal funds rate aI the end of the specified
.:aIendar )\'"3J or over the 1000ger J"\IIl
93
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.74031622
MONITARY POLICY RtPORT: fEBRUARY 2013 47
to their estimates of its longer-run normal rate The Outlook for Inflation
in five or six rears, while a few judged that less
time would be needed. Participants' views on the broad outlook for
inflation under appropriate monetary policy
Figures 3.A and 3.B provide details on the were little changed from September. Most
diversity of panicipants' views regarding the anticipated that inflation for 2012 as a whole
likely outcomes for real GOP growth and would be close to 1.6 percent, somewhat lov.t:r
the unemployment rate over the next three than projected in September. A number of
years and o\'er the longer run. The dispersion participants remarked that recent inflation
in these projections reflects differences in readings had come in below their expectations.
participants' assessmentS of many factors, Almost all of the participants judged that
including appropriate monetary policy bolh headline and core inAation would remain
and its etfects on tbe economy, the rate sulxlued over the 2013-15 period, running al
of improvement in the housing sector, the rates equal to or below the FOMe's longer
spillo"er effects of the fiscal atxl financial run objective of 2 percent. Specifically, the
situation in Europe, the prospective path for central tendency of participants' projections
U.S. fiscal policy, the extent of structural for inflation, as measured by the PeE price
dislocations in the labor market, the likely index, mo\'ed down to 1.3102.0 percent for
evolution of credit and financial market 2013 and v.~ little changed for 2014 and 2015
conditions, and longer-term trends in at 1.5 to 2.0 percent and 1.7 10 2.0 percent,
productivity and the labor force. With the data respecti\'ely. The central tendencies of the
for much of 20 12 now in hand, the dispersion forecasts for core inflation wl;!re broadly similar
of participants' projections of real GOP to those for the headline measure for 2013
growth and the unemployment rate this year through 2015. In discussing factors likely to
narro",:ed compared with their September sustain low inAation, several participants cited
submissions. Meanwhile, the distribution stable inBation expectations and expectations
of participants' forecasts for tile change in for continued sizable resource slack.
real GOP in 2013 shifted down a bit, and
that for 2014 narrowed slightly. Hov.'e\"er, the Figures lC and 3.0 provide information
range of projections for real GOP growth aboul the diversity of participants' views
in 2015 was little changed from September. about the outlook for inflation. The range of
The distributions of the unemployment rate participants' projections for headline inAation
projections at the end of 2012, 2013, and 2014 for 2012 narro\'.'ed from 1.5 to 1.9 percent
all shifted lower, wllile the range of projections in September to 1.6 to L8 percent in
for the unemplo:yment rate for 2015, at 5.1 to December; nearly all participants' projections
6.8 percent, remained close to its September in December were at 1.6 percent or 1.7 percent,
level. The dispersion of estimates for the broadly in line with recent infiation readings.
longer-run rate of output growth sla}'ed fairly The distributions of participants' projections
narrow, with all but one between 2.2 and for headline inflation in 2013 and 2014 shifted
2.5 percent. The range of participants' lower compared with the corresponding
estimates of the longer-run rate of distributions for September, while Ihe range of
unemployment, at 5.0 to 6.0 percent, narrowed projections for core inAation narrowed slightly
relatht: 10 September. This range reflected for both years. The distributions for core and
different judgments among participants about on:rall infiation in 2015 were concentrated
several factors, including the outlook for labor near the Committee's longer-run inflation
force participation and the structure of tbe objective of 2 percent, although somewhat less
labor market. so than in September,
94
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.84031622
48 PART 3: SUMM.I,RY OF ECONOMIC I'ROJEalONS
Flgul'l! 3A. Dis(ribu(ioo of participants' projwtions for (he change in l'I!aJ GDp, 2012-15 and over (he longer run
2012 C _. S D e e p o lt o m "" b " o , r p p r r o o je je ct c io t" n ,' ' " - - - " " " ~
--->w2,
-- ,6
~~~~~~,~, •. "-,c,c.--~"c.--~,.~-c,~,.--c,oo.---,c,c.--~"c-~,.c.--c,7,--c,o,---,c,c.--' 2
11 U U U U 11 U ~ U U '1 U
Pen:ult range
Wll
_
..... . .
- ,
-- :1 ,.-,
c - -.
" tl- H- 12- u- 16- 11- J.O- J.l- 1. 1.6- "
" II 11 U U U U 11 U 11 1.7 H
Perceot ratlge
-- ~ "IS
-"
--- w>,2
-- ,6
c .. - ".~- ••'' ''':'''''-=--'';'';I -,2
" tl H· 2.'- 2_';' 2_1- J.O- 11- H- lb- H- I~- 12-
" " " U 11 Pe U rc ent ra I n I g e 1) II 1.1 J~ '1 '.1
WI>
c
"
"
Nod>"orp"'dp. ...
_ Longerrun
c
I';' II J.O n,., 1. H· u· H·
II II " " " " "
Perceot ratlge
Note: DclmitioDI of variabks areiD tile geDerai note to table I
95
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.94031622
MONETARY POLICY REPORT: fEBRUARY 2013 49
Figure lB. Distribution of participants' projectioos for the unempbyment rate, 2012-15 and oYer the longer rw]
=2 012 = • ::
_ D -- n So . p .: l a Om m b .r o r p p r r o o je je c c ti t o iO n l s l ' I -"
-_II '" -' 1= =j : ij
c _ I ,_ 1 ,- _ - ,24
I
S
n
ol
·
I
~
.!
~
1
~
5 l
~
.
t
J
·
H
~~
6
~
.1
u
6.)
·
6
~
.1 6
~
,1
u
63
·
1
J
-1
.
J
J
,
~
) I
IA
S
' nJ6 -
J
J,
!
t
}
. u
l.\
·
I
I
J
.l·
Percent rn.nge
.. ,
_ _ I"''';'&.. _ , • •' _L_. 1
In· 1.1· H· H· ~ ~ u· ~ ~ O· 3 1~ u· U
),] Sol 1,1 ).J H 6,1 6.J 6.1 6.1 63 7.1 ),J IJ JJ
Percen'rn.nge
2015
..
_ , _ [3B_;;':':
". ~ H· ~ ~ u· ~ ~ u· a ),) ,a.• ·
" lJl.JH6,1636.16.1631-l " "
Percent =ge
w
-"
-"
-"
--n.
--,'"
.. - ,
~_iDD: -.~., ,. --, '
I ), ~ ] H So l- 1 1, . 1 ' - H l. l H \.1 - 6 6. , ( 1 1 - 6 62 J 6 61 .' - 6 6. 6 1 - 6 63 t n 1.0 - " 1,) " " " ,".• •. , 1 n .)
Percent rn.nge
Note: DefilliuOlIs of l"ariabieS are in the ge!leral note to lable 1
96
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.05031622
50 PART 3: SUMM.I,RY OF ECONOMIC I'ROJEalONS
Figure lC. Distribution of participants' projections for PCE inflation, 2012-15 and om the longer run
=2[ 0]1 2 "
_ •• s n .p . l o tm . b _ trp p r r o o j jo e c c l ~ io O l I lS I' r----' - - - - - " " " 1 . 8
- 10
- ,
L____
- 4
~~~~ __~ ______" ,_ _~ l
" "
Percent range
WIJ
== - "---- ______ I_----~
cJIIIII, -----~
I U A I \. ' 1 - t \1 l 2 \, ] U ~\
Percent range
W14
Pero'nt range
2015
.. ----,
I
Percent range
loDger rllD -" " "
-"
-"
-- 1,0
-,
,-,l
" " " ",.
" " "
Percent range
Note: Definitions of Iwiableureio lhegeneral DOte \0 table I
97
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.15031622
MONETARY POLICY REPORT: fEBRUARY 2013 51
Figure 1D. Distribution of participants' projections for core PCE inflation, 2012-15
~"Qfp>rti:ipu"
- 21HZ
- 0 0.0._ p<oj<cti"'"
_ •• S<pt<mb<Tproj<clioo,
r-----'
IL _____ _
Per«ntrange
- 2013
_____ J-- - - - -,
I
- 20[4
Per«ntrange
N,.erofpll10p0.I,
- 20[5 -"
-I<
- "
r-----'
- I<
- 12
-- IQ,
-,
--':.IIII,I~~-;
,
" "
" Per«ntrn.ge
Note, DdinitiOllS of\'anablesare in the general note to table [
98
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.25031622
52 PART 3: SUMM,>,RY OF ECONOMIC PROJECTIONS
Appropriate Monetary Policy federal funds rate ranged from 3 to 4~ percent,
reflecting the Committee's inflation objective
As indicated in figure 2, most participants of 2 percent and participants' judgments about
judged that e.xceptionally [ow levels of the the longer -run equilibrium le'·el of the real
federal funds rate would remain appropriate federal funds rate.
for several more years. In particular,
13 participants thought that the first increase Participants also provided information on
in the target federal funds rate v.'Ou[d nOI be their views regarding the appropriate path
warranted until 2015, and 1 judged that policy of the Federal Reserve's balance sheet. Most
firming would likely not be appropriate until participants thought it was appropriate for
2016 (upper panel), The 13 participants who the Committee to continue purchasing MBS
expected that the target federal funds rate and longer-term Treasury securities after
would not move above ils effective lower completing the maturity extension program
bound until 20151houghllhe federal funds at the end of this year. In their projections,
rate would be 1Y . percent or lower at the taking imo account the likely benefits and
end of that year, while the I participant who costs of purchases as v.-ell as the expected
expected that policy firming would commence evolution of the outlook, these participants
in 2016 sav.' the federal funds rate target at v.-ere approximately evenly divided between
50 basis points at the end of that year. Five those who judged that it would likely be
participants judged that an earlier increase in appropriate for the Committee to complete its
the federal funds rate, in 2013 or 2014, would asset purchases sometime around the middle
be most consistent with the Committee's of 2013 and those who judged that it would
statutory mandate. Those participants judged likely be appropriate for the asset purchases
that the appropriate value for the federal funds to continue beyond that date. In contrast,
rate would range from ~ to 20/. percent at the several participants believed the Committee
end of 2014 and from 2to 4Y2 percent at the would beSt foster its dual objectives by ending
end of 2015. its purcbases of Treasury securities or all of
its asset purchases at the end of this year
Among the participants who saw a later when tbe maturity extension program was
tightening of policy, a majority indicated that completed.
they believed it was appropriate to maintain
the current [evel of the federal funds rate Key factors informing participants'
until the unemployment rate is less than or views of tbe economic outlook and the
equal to 6~ percent. In contrast, a majority appropriate setting for monetary policy
of those who favored an earlier tightening of include their judgments regarding labor
policy pointed to concerns about inflation as market conditions that would be consistent
a primary reason for expecting that it would with maximum employment, the extenl to
be appropriate to tighten policy sooner. which employment currently deviated from
Participants were about evenly split between maximum employmem, the extent to which
those who judged the appropriate path for the projected inflation om the medium term
federal funds rate to be unchanged relative to deviated from tbe Committee's longer-term
September and those who saw the appropriate objective of 2 percent, and participants'
path as [ov.-er. projections of the likely time horizon necessary
to return employment and inflation to
Nearly all participants saw the appropriate mandate-consistentleve\s. Many participants
target for the federal funds rate at the end of mentioned economic thresholds based on the
2015 as still well below its expected [onger unemployment rate and the inflation outlook
run value. Estimates of the longer-run target that were consistent with their judgments
99
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00103 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.35031622
MONETARY POLICY REPORT: fEBRUARY 1013 53
of when it would be appropriate to consider Table 2. AWJ1Ige historical projection enor I1IIlges
beginning to raise the federal funds rate. """,,nto!')OpoIn"
."
A couple of participants noted that their Variable "" "" ""
assessments of the appropriate path for the Ch'ny i. ,"IODI" ±0.6 ±1.4 ±1.7 fl.?
federal funds rate took into account the U. ..... pkl)lIlOmru. . ±0.2 10.9 ±1.5 !l.9
likelihood that the neutral level of the federal Tau.lc""'Ill"'''prioer' .. ±05 J:O.9 J:I.I no
funds rate was somewhat below its historical Nt.m: Error "'II#' ,.""'" ... """,..-..:I os pl., "r min., rlit roo!
"",an oq.aro<! .""r"r projoc!io., for 19921brougb :!(Ill rhal ......
norm. There was some concern expressed that .. It""'" in tho raU ~. "orio ... privlr..0<1 t",.....,.,.1 r.....,.".". A.
a protracted period of very accommodative dacribod ill tho I><I< "For«aR U"",rWDly.-.odtr",rW. iJO.mJl!io.~
tho .. i. about a 70 po""'"t probabilirylhlU octuol """"'""" ilr ,..1 GDP,
monetary PJlicy could lead to imbalances in u..",p~monl, a,.j ""."",." pr>:.. will bo in nOV' implied by tho
the financial system. It v.'aS also noted that " m "' a " y '" b Y o i , l i .o ,. < " I r i n p r [ o )a je .. c 'id ti o R n . . il " 1d " . " . . m i < a l, d r e a o ill d t h P o < p l< o f s T t, u f li u p o ( t : h l( o JQ r 7 io j, r" ··a rm a a u ti y " . " t
because the appropriate stance of monetary tho U..-:mai.ory "r tho Eco.<lII1ic Ou~ook from Hiororical ror«aRint;
policy is conditional on the evolution of real ! E lo rr a o n " l , " * r F G iI o I - ~ . 1 m U I a . o .. < . l " E r c r o ho o o F m o. b kr a D l i R .c . o .. " . ; . " . n . S S ) < ~ r l i t rs m , ) ) N (I? " - " 6 , 0 m ( b \\ tr '" ) " . hi.gtoo
activity and inflation over time, a&')essments 1,o.fiDitio .. "r,...riorblo.a .. i.th.r:<D<r1l1ooto-totorblt 1
2, Mt3<ure i,lb. "",,,,Ueoo,umo, pn.:., iodt .. tho pnc. """" .. that
of the appropriate future path of the federal ... boo. most "ideIy .oed in t"", ... ,..11IIId pri":. .. ""'.". ., , r"r«aR~
funds rate and the balance sheet could change P'ojoctio. is I""".r cha"", rounh qua,lt, of tho pmi"",)'eor to tho
r""'tbqlllrttrortho)~or~
if economic conditions were to evolve in an
unexpected manner. Uncertainty and Risks
Figure 3.E details the distribution of Nearly all of the participants judged their
participants' judgments regarding the current levels of uncertainty about real GDP
appropriate level of the target federal funds grov.1h and unemployment to be higher than
rate at the end of each calendar year from was the norm during the previous 20 years
201210 2015 and over the longer run. As (figure 4).1 Se\'en participants judged that the
previously noted, most participants judged levels of uncertainty associated with their
that economic conditions would warrant forecasts of total PCE inflation were higher
maintaining the current low level of the as well, while another 10 participants viewed
federal funds rate until 2015. Views on the uncertainty about inflation as broadly similar
appropriate level of the federal funds rate by to historical norms. The main factors cited
the end of 2015 varied, with 12 participants as contributing to the elevated uncertainty
seeing the appropriate level of the federal aboul economic outcomes were the difficulties
funds rate as 1 percent or lower and 4 of them invoh'ed in predicting fiscal policy in the
seeing the appropriate level as 21f:. percent or United States, the continuing potential for
higher. Generally, the participants who judged European developments to threaten financial
that a longer period of \·ery accommodative stability, and the possibility of a general
monetary PJlicy would be appropriate were slol,l,TIown in global economic growth. As in
those who projected that a sizable gap between September, participants noted the challenges
the unemployment rate and the longer-run associated with forecasting the path of the
normal level of the unemployment rate would
persist until 2015 or later. in contrast, the
majority of the 5 panicipants who judged that I. Table 2 plUlides estimates of the forecast
uncertainty for the change in real GDp, the
policy firming should begin in 2013 or 2014
unemplO}ment rate, and total conswner price inflation
indicated that the Committee would need to om the pericd frem 1992 through 2011. At the end
act relatively soon in order to keep inflation of this swnmary, the box "Fomast Uncertainty"
near the FOMCs longer-run objective of discusses the sources and interpretation of IUlcertainty
2 percent and to prevent a rise in inflation in the economic forecasts and explains the approach
used 10 assess the Wlcertaintyand risks attending the
expectations.
participants' projections.
100
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00104 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.45031622
54 PART 3: SUMM.I,RY OF ECONOMIC I'ROJEalONS
Figure 3.E. Distribution of participants' projections for the target federal fund. rate, 2012-15 and over the longer run
Wil o
=UI Deuoi>erp.-oject.,,. i:
., StplOruberproj«otion. ::
-"
:=:.1 1 - - " "
=:
I
C L _,
'J'
0r_n00 · 1 ~ )jI: . W u) · O I, ,a U ! ' 1 I, 1 D ) · 1 1M )! ' 1 1 6 1 J . · : l 1 a .11 t · : m UJ · :w1.)1 :' Hw) ' l ) a Il t · ) ) 1 D ). ) ) ) Q 1: . 1 H 1 J 1 · , ) . , 1 3 2 t .• j_ 1 D ) · ' j 6 _) 2 l: .
Pen:tnt rallge
-.
Wll
- ".
= 1!
-"
--"
=!
-I.;;: , 'J'
1.1l· 1.!!. HI· 2.11· 2.)1:. I.6J· ll8· 1.13· 1.)1:. J.6J. J,3t. '11· ,,)1:.
1.17 1.62 \,11 :1.11 :1.11 2.61 211 ),\1 ),17 ),62 311 ',11 '11 '6)
Perceolrallge
WI'
1!IjjQ=-='
US- 11J- 1,)1- \.6J. \ lIS· :1.11- .. : I.! r I O - ' l.6)- POU :"S .· . ),13- ),)1:. 3.63- ),3t. '11· '!I.
U2 1.D 1.62 III 2.11 I_D 1.61 211 1.U 1.D 1.Q JJ1 '11 ',D '62
Pen:tnt range
WI5
::i:.
-"
--",.
-
= !
---- - ,=]'
)
),
I
1
J
7
· l
),
J
62
I · H
H1
J·
'
lD
,11
· .'1n1·
'
.
6
_)
)
1: .
-.
Loogernm
- - " ".
-"
= li
-
_ ..
iji._,~ i
0r.n00 0m31 W U) - U II S I - l U D 3- 1I.!.1- 1\.n63 : 1 1 . . 1 1 I 1 S - :m1.11 - :wI.!I l 2 . 1 6 1 ) - I 1 I 18 I - ) ) , D 1)- ) )6 ,J 2 i - ) J. 1 63 1 - . J. 1 II 1 S , . 1 D 1 . ' 6 ! 2 I
NOle: The target federal fWlds rare is measured as lIie Ie>'eJ of tile target Tate at the rod of the caleudar year or
io the 1000ger nm
101
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00105 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.55031622
MONETARY POLICY REPORT: fEBRUARY 2013 55
figure 4. Uncerlainty and risks in economic projections
-Uncertaintyaoout GDP growth -Risks toGDP gr0\\1h -"
_ 1:1 ~p<o.ie<ti"", _ 1:1 D=ri>orproj."6,,o. -"
_ •• StplOmberproj«otioA' _ •• StplOmbeT projection, -"
-".
-12
->0
- ,
- ,
-
.. .... -,-:::---,-,----' '
,
Bmadly Weighted to Ihoadly Weighted to
""" d(lYonslde upside
rr--....
-U~rtaiuty aboUllhe uneruplO)"rotllt rate -2t) _ Risks tOlhe unemplo)ment rate
·=:!
1-14
1-12
,1-= l,~
,-
,
r ;1' r
Ihoadly \\'e!ghted to Broadly WeIghted to
stllIIlar d(M"DSlde oola1lCed upside
-Uoctrtaiuty all-out PCE in8atioD -Risks to PCE inIIatioD -"
-"
-"
-".
,....-.."" ----- -
-
1
>
2
0
- ,
-
1. ____ - 4
.. ~1ILJ 2
Bmadly Higher W~igltltd to Br,o"a"d'l"y Weigltledto
snullar d(M"Ds!de UpsIde
-Uncertainty about core PCEinilatiOll -Risks tocore peE inllatiOll -"
-"
-"
-".
-12
->0
- ,
-
I.----,-~
..
Ihoadly Higher Weiglttedto Ih,o"a"dl'y" Weighted to
SUlIIlar d(M"DSlde Upllde
Note: For deliDitiOlls oflWCtrtaiuty 3lld risks in OCOItoruic p-ojeoiOllS, set the box ·forecasl U~rtaiD\(·Deliui
tiOilS of variables are in the getICr&1 note to I3bIe 1
102
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00106 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.65031622
56 PART 3: SUMM,>,RY OF ECONOMIC PROJEalONS
u.s. economic recovery following a financial of risk were U.S. fiscal policy, which many
crisis and recession that difi'ered markedly participants thought had the potential to slow
from recent historical experience. A number economic activity significantly over the near
of participants also commented that in the term, and the situation in Europe.
aftermath of the financial crisis, they were
more uncertain about the level of potential Most participants cominued to judge the risks
output and its rate of growth. It was noted to their projections for inflation as broadly
that some of the uncertainty about potential balanced, with several highlighting the recent
output arose from the risk that a continuation stability of longer-term inl1ation expectations.
of elevated levels of long-term unemployment Howewr, three participants saw the risks to
might impair the skills of the affected inflation as tilted to the dov.llside, reflecting,
individuals or cause some of them to drop out for example, risks of disinl1atiollthat could
of the labor force, thereby reducing potential arise from ad\'erse shocks to the economy that
output in the medium term. policy would have limited scope 10 offset. A
couple of participants saw the risks to inflation
A majority of participants reported that they as weighted to the upside in light of concerns
saw the risks to their forecasts of real GDP about U.S. fiscal imbalances, the current highly
growth as weighted tov.'<lrd the downside and, accommodative stance of monetary policy,
accordingly, the risks to their projections and uncertainty about the Committee's ability
of the unemployment rate as tilted to the to shift to a less accommodative policy stance
upside. The most frequently identified sources when it becomes appropriate to do so,
103
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00107 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.75031622
MONETARY POLICY REPORT: fEBRUARY 1013 57
Forecast Uncertainty
The economc projections provided by the and fourth years. The corresponding 70 percent
members of the Board of Governors and the confidence intervals for overall inflation would
presidents of the Federal Reserve Banks inform be 1.5 to 2.S percent in the current year, 1.1 to
discussions of moneliry policy among policymakers 2.9 percent in the second year, 0.9 to 3.1 percent in
and can aid public understanding of the basis for the third year, and 1.0 to 3,0 percent in the fourth
policy actions. Considerable uncertainty attends year.
these projections, howel'r€. The economic and Because current conditions may differ from
statistical models and relationships used to help those that prevailed, on average, over history,
produce economic forecasts are necessarily participants provide judgments as to whether the
imperfect descriptions of the real world, and the uncertainty attached to their projections of each
future path of the economy can be affected by variable is greater than, smaller than, or broadly
myriad unforeseen del'l€opments and events, Thus, similar to typical levels of forecast uncertainty
in setting the stance of monetary policy, participants in the past, as shewn in table 2. Participants also
consider not only what appears to be the most likely provide judgments as to whether the risks to their
economic outcome as erIDodied in their projections, projections are weighted to the upside, are weightoo
but also the range of alternative possibilities, the to the da.vnside, or are broadly balanced. That is,
likelihood of their occurring, and the potential costs participants judge whether each variable is more
to the economy should they occur. likely to be above or belew their projections of the
Table 2 summarizes the average historical most likely outcome. These judgments about the
accuracy of a range of forecasts, including those uncertainty and the risks attending each participant's
reported in past Monel.ary Policy Reports and those projections are distiflCt from the diversity of
preraroo by the Fooeral Reser\' € Boord's staff in participants' \'iews about the most likely outcomes.
advance of meetings of the Fooeral Open Marlce! Forecast uncertainty is concerned with the risks
Committee. The projection error ranges shewn in associatoo with a particular projection rather than
the table illustrate the considerable uncertainty 10th divergences across a number of different
associated with economc forecasts. For example, projections.
suppose a participant projects that real gross As with real activity and inflation, the outlook
domestic product (GOP) and total consumer prices for the future path of the federal funds rate is subject
will rise steadily at annual rates of, respectively, to considerable uncertainty. This uncertainty arises
3 percent and 2 percent. If the uncertainty attending primarily because each participant's assessment of
those projections is similar to that experienced in the awropriate stance of rmnetary policy depends
the past and the risks around the projections are importantly on the evolution of real activity and
broadly balanced, the numbers reported in table 2 inflation over time. tf economic conditions evolve
would imply a probability of about 70 percent that in an unexpectoo manner, then assessments of the
actual GOP would eKpaod within a range of 2.4 to appropriate setting of the fooeral funds rate would
3.6 percent in the current year, 1.6 to 4.4 percent in change from that point forward.
the second year, and 1J to 4.7 percent in the third
104
VerDate Nov 24 2008 14:21 Aug 30, 2013 Jkt 048080 PO 00000 Frm 00108 Fmt 6621 Sfmt 6621 L:\HEARINGS 2013\02-26 THE SEMIANNUAL MONETARY POLICY REPORT TO THE CON
spe.85031622
59
ABBREVIATIONS
ABCP asset·backed commercial paper
AFE advanced foreign economy
BHC bank holding company
CDS credit default ~v:aps
C&I commercial and industrial
CMBS commercial mortgage-backed securities
CP C{)mmercial paper
CRE commercial real estate
DPI disposable personal income
ECB European Central Bank
EME emerging market economy
E&S equipment and software
FOMe Federal Open Market Committee; also, the Committee
GDP gross domestic product
MBS mortgage-backed securities
MEP matunty exlenslOO program
MMF money market fund
NIPA nalional income and product accounts
OMT Outright Monetary Transactions
PCE personal consumption e.xpenditures
REIT real estate investment trust
repo repurchase agreement
SEP Summary of Economic Projections
SLOOS Seoior Loan Officer Opinion Survey on Bank Lending Practices
S&P Standard and Poor's
TALF Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility
Cite this document
APA
Ben S. Bernanke (2013, February 25). Congressional Testimony. Testimony, Federal Reserve. https://whenthefedspeaks.com/doc/testimony_20130226_chair_federal_reserves_first_monetary_policy
BibTeX
@misc{wtfs_testimony_20130226_chair_federal_reserves_first_monetary_policy,
author = {Ben S. Bernanke},
title = {Congressional Testimony},
year = {2013},
month = {Feb},
howpublished = {Testimony, Federal Reserve},
url = {https://whenthefedspeaks.com/doc/testimony_20130226_chair_federal_reserves_first_monetary_policy},
note = {Retrieved via When the Fed Speaks corpus}
}